{"title":"Competition Parts — Trade Range","description":"\u003cp\u003eDefines which products dealer trade discount codes apply to. Seeded 2026-08-13 from the #Hamilton'sArmoury40% dealer code scope (89 products). Published to the Online Store only, because collection-scoped discount codes need it to resolve at checkout — it is not linked from any menu. Add or remove products here to change trade eligibility for every BC-TRADE- code at once.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-magazine-release-button","title":"CZ Shadow 2 Magazine Release Button","description":"\u003cp\u003eSpeed up your reloads with the CZ Shadow 2 Magazine Release Button. This precision-machined aluminium replacement offers a larger, more tactile engagement surface than the factory button — letting you dump magazines faster and more consistently under match pressure. A small upgrade that shaves real time off every reload.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnlarged Contact Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — Bigger button face means your thumb finds it instantly, even under stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision CNC Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e — Aluminium construction with tight tolerances for a crisp, positive press every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaster Magazine Drops\u003c\/strong\u003e — Reduced travel and improved ergonomics translate directly to quicker reloads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight Aluminium\u003c\/strong\u003e — No added weight penalty while delivering a significant handling improvement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e — Direct swap for the factory mag release with no fitting or modification required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAftermarket magazine release buttons are \u003cstrong\u003elegal in IPSC Production, Standard, and Open divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e. Also permitted in USPSA Production, Limited, and Open. The magazine release is an explicitly allowed replacement part in Production division rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x CZ Shadow 2 Magazine Release Button\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy. Remove the existing magazine release by pushing out the retaining pin from the opposite side of the frame, swap the button, and reassemble. No special tools required — takes under 10 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-slide-stop\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Slide Stop\u003c\/a\u003e — Upgraded slide lock for faster manipulations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-mag-well-aluminium\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Magwell\u003c\/a\u003e — Guide magazines home faster on every reload.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-plus-zero-extended-magazine-base-pad\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Plus Zero Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e — Weighted base pads for reliable mag drops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference between this and the Extended Magazine Release?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis button is a standard-profile replacement with an improved contact surface. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-stainless-steel-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003eExtended Magazine Release\u003c\/a\u003e has additional reach — ideal for shooters with smaller hands who struggle to reach the factory button.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this legal for IPSC Production division?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Magazine release buttons are on the approved replacement parts list for IPSC Production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit the CZ 75 SP-01?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is specifically designed for the CZ Shadow 2. The SP-01 uses a different magazine release mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install this without removing the grips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll need to remove one grip panel to access the magazine release retaining pin, but it's a quick and straightforward job.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":39465922199633,"sku":"0117-BLK-MRB","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":39465922232401,"sku":"0117-SLV-MRB","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":39465922265169,"sku":"0117-RED-MRB","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":39465922297937,"sku":"0117-BLUE-MRB","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":39465922330705,"sku":"0117-PUR-MRB","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold Plated","offer_id":39465922396241,"sku":"0117-GLD-MRB","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chrome Plated","offer_id":39465922429009,"sku":"0117-CHR-MRB","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/cz-shadow-2-magazine-release-button-345882.jpg?v=1725173474"},{"product_id":"tanfoglio-stock-2-3-9mm-2-brass-magazine-base-pad","title":"Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 9mm +2 Brass Magazine Base Pad","description":"Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 +2 Brass Magazine Base Pad - Capacity \u0026amp; Weight Advantage\n\n\u003cp\u003eGain a competitive edge with the \u003cstrong\u003eTanfoglio Stock 2\/3 +2 brass magazine base pad\u003c\/strong\u003e that adds two rounds of capacity while providing substantial weight for improved magazine handling. Precision-machined from solid brass, this base pad transforms your Tanfoglio magazines into competition-ready equipment for IPSC Standard Division shooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEvery competitive shooter understands that magazine capacity and reload speed directly impact stage times. The +2 brass base pad addresses both: additional rounds reduce stage reloads and provide margin for makeup shots, while the brass weight ensures magazines drop free instantly and insert positively during high-speed reloads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Brass Base Pads Outperform Aluminium\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSolid brass construction provides performance advantages that lighter materials cannot match:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaster Magazine Drops\u003c\/strong\u003e – Added weight ensures magazines eject cleanly from the pistol without hanging up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive Magazine Insertion\u003c\/strong\u003e – Weight helps guide magazines home during reloads, reducing fumbles under pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuperior Drop Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e – Brass absorbs impact better than aluminium, protecting magazine bodies from concrete drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Grip Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e – Larger base pad provides positive grip for confident magazine handling during reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Recoil Characteristics\u003c\/strong\u003e – Additional magazine weight contributes to overall pistol balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e+2 Capacity for Fewer Reloads\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTwo additional rounds per magazine provides meaningful tactical advantages:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduce Stage Reloads\u003c\/strong\u003e – Complete more stages without mandatory reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMakeup Shot Margin\u003c\/strong\u003e – Extra rounds provide insurance for required makeup shots without running dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStage Planning Flexibility\u003c\/strong\u003e – More options when planning round counts for complex stages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Standard Division Legal\u003c\/strong\u003e – Complies with Standard Division capacity rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e+2 Round Capacity Extension\u003c\/strong\u003e – Adds 2 additional rounds to Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 9mm magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Brass Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Premium brass for maximum weight and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Magazine Grip\u003c\/strong\u003e – Larger surface area provides positive grip for faster insertion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTanfoglio Stock 2\/3 Specific Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Engineered exclusively for Tanfoglio Stock 2 and Stock 3 9mm magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Built to withstand thousands of competition reloads and drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e – Black, Chrome Plated, or Gold Plated options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC Standard Division shooters wanting maximum legal capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompetitors seeking improved magazine drop and insertion speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShooters wanting weight-enhanced magazines for better handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpgrading from factory base pads for enhanced competition performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 Magazine System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuild a complete Tanfoglio magazine setup for competition:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tanfoglio\"\u003eTanfoglio Stock 2\/3 Carbide Grips\u003c\/a\u003e – All-weather grip control for your pistol\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tanfoglio-stock-2-3-9mm-magazine-base-pad\"\u003eTanfoglio Stock 2\/3 Standard Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e – Standard capacity option in multiple colours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/magnetic-magazine-pouch\"\u003eMagnetic Magazine Pouch (Medium Insert)\u003c\/a\u003e – Fast, reliable magazine carrier for Tanfoglio magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRead our complete guide:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/complete-tanfoglio-stock-2-3-ipsc-competition-setup-guide\"\u003eComplete Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 IPSC Competition Setup Guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTanfoglio Stock 2, Tanfoglio Stock 3, EAA Witness Stock 9mm magazines (verify compatibility)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCalibre\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9mm (9x19mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid brass construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity Increase\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+2 rounds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Chrome Plated, Gold Plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne +2 brass magazine base pad\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 5 minutes per magazine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDivision Legal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPSC Standard Division, USPSA Limited Division\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSimple installation requires no special tools:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove magazine from pistol and ensure it is empty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepress retaining plate through witness hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide factory base pad off magazine body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNote spring and follower orientation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstall brass base pad in reverse order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure retaining plate clicks securely into place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFunction test with snap caps before competition use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill these fit Mecgar or aftermarket Tanfoglio magazines?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThese base pads are designed for factory Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 magazines. Fitment on Mecgar or other aftermarket magazines may vary. Contact us with your specific magazine brand for compatibility verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight does the brass base pad add?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSolid brass construction adds significant weight compared to factory base pads, improving magazine drop speed and insertion feel. Exact weight varies by finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these legal for IPSC Production Division?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIPSC Production Division limits magazine base pad extensions. These +2 base pads are designed for Standard Division where extended capacity is permitted. Check current IPSC rules for Production Division base pad limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich finish should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAll finishes provide the same performance. Black is most popular for durability and low visibility. Chrome and Gold Plated offer high visibility for easier magazine identification and a distinctive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many should I buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMost IPSC competitors run 4-6 magazines. We recommend equipping all competition magazines with matching base pads for consistent weight and handling.\u003c\/p\u003e]]\u0026gt;","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black Single Base Pad","offer_id":32379832926289,"sku":"0115-BLK-P2BMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chrome Plated Single Base Pad","offer_id":31734321086545,"sku":"0115-CHR-P2BMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Gold Plated Single Base Pad","offer_id":31248262168657,"sku":"0115-GLD-P2BMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/tanfoglio-stock-23-9mm-2-brass-magazine-base-pad-522025.jpg?v=1725173495"},{"product_id":"sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-brass-double-stack-open-magazine-base-pad-set","title":"STI 2011 Brass Double Stack Open Magazine Base Pad | 9mm\/.38","description":"\u003ch2 data-start=\"154\" data-end=\"233\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"157\" data-end=\"233\"\u003eSTI 2011 Brass Magazine Base Pad – Open Division | 144g Weight Advantage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"235\" data-end=\"590\"\u003eAdd \u003cstrong data-start=\"239\" data-end=\"269\"\u003e144g of recoil-taming mass\u003c\/strong\u003e per magazine while gaining \u003cstrong data-start=\"297\" data-end=\"322\"\u003e40% more grip surface\u003c\/strong\u003e for lightning-fast reloads. These \u003cstrong data-start=\"357\" data-end=\"395\"\u003eprecision-machined brass base pads\u003c\/strong\u003e are built for Open Division performance—turning \u003cstrong data-start=\"444\" data-end=\"471\"\u003eSTI 2011 and Bul Armory\u003c\/strong\u003e magazines into perfectly weighted competition tools that \u003cstrong data-start=\"529\" data-end=\"552\"\u003edrop free instantly\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong data-start=\"557\" data-end=\"578\"\u003einsert positively\u003c\/strong\u003e every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"592\" data-end=\"595\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-start=\"597\" data-end=\"655\"\u003eWhy Open Division Champions Choose Our Brass Base Pads:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex flex-col text-sm pb-25\"\u003e\n\u003carticle class=\"text-token-text-primary w-full focus:outline-none [--shadow-height:45px] has-data-writing-block:pointer-events-none has-data-writing-block:-mt-(--shadow-height) has-data-writing-block:pt-(--shadow-height) [\u0026amp;:has([data-writing-block])\u0026gt;*]:pointer-events-auto scroll-mt-[calc(var(--header-height)+min(200px,max(70px,20svh)))]\" dir=\"auto\" data-turn-id=\"request-WEB:9414ac5d-a99d-45af-89b7-4063dfbc96b3-2\" data-testid=\"conversation-turn-6\" data-scroll-anchor=\"true\" data-turn=\"assistant\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-base my-auto mx-auto pb-10 [--thread-content-margin:--spacing(4)] @w-sm\/main:[--thread-content-margin:--spacing(6)] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-margin:--spacing(16)] px-(--thread-content-margin)\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"[--thread-content-max-width:40rem] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-max-width:48rem] mx-auto max-w-(--thread-content-max-width) flex-1 group\/turn-messages focus-visible:outline-hidden relative flex w-full min-w-0 flex-col agent-turn\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex max-w-full flex-col grow\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-message-author-role=\"assistant\" data-message-id=\"ecd5b355-7322-4a54-8500-51a857e56aea\" dir=\"auto\" class=\"min-h-8 text-message relative flex w-full flex-col items-end gap-2 text-start break-words whitespace-normal [.text-message+\u0026amp;]:mt-1\" data-message-model-slug=\"gpt-5-2-thinking\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex w-full flex-col gap-1 empty:hidden first:pt-[1px]\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"markdown prose dark:prose-invert w-full break-words dark markdown-new-styling\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"540\" data-is-last-node=\"\" data-is-only-node=\"\"\u003e✅ 144g Weight Advantage – Heavy brass mass helps stabilize recoil and keeps mags dropping cleanly\u003cbr data-start=\"97\" data-end=\"100\"\u003e✅ 40% Larger Grip Surface – More purchase and control during speed reloads\u003cbr data-start=\"174\" data-end=\"177\"\u003e✅ Drop-Tested Durability – Built to survive repeated concrete drops\u003cbr data-start=\"244\" data-end=\"247\"\u003e✅ Low Center of Gravity – Helps guide magazines home faster under pressure\u003cbr data-start=\"321\" data-end=\"324\"\u003e✅ IPSC \/ USPSA Legal – Open Division compliant worldwide\u003cbr data-start=\"380\" data-end=\"383\"\u003e✅ Direct Replacement – No magazine modification required\u003cbr data-start=\"439\" data-end=\"442\"\u003e✅ Universal 9mm \/ .38 Super – Compatible with both calibers in \u003cstrong data-start=\"505\" data-end=\"530\"\u003e126mm \/ 140mm \/ 170mm\u003c\/strong\u003e magazines\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mt-3 w-full empty:hidden\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/article\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1212\" data-end=\"1215\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-start=\"1217\" data-end=\"1245\"\u003eTechnical Specifications:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableWrapper flex w-fit flex-col-reverse\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable data-start=\"1246\" data-end=\"1628\" class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\" style=\"width: 100%; height: 176.344px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead data-start=\"1246\" data-end=\"1264\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"1246\" data-end=\"1264\" style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth data-start=\"1246\" data-end=\"1253\" data-col-size=\"sm\" style=\"width: 31.0966%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth data-start=\"1253\" data-end=\"1264\" data-col-size=\"sm\" style=\"width: 66.0463%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody data-start=\"1275\" data-end=\"1628\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"1275\" data-end=\"1310\" style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"1275\" data-end=\"1290\" data-col-size=\"sm\" style=\"width: 31.0966%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1277\" data-end=\"1289\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-start=\"1290\" data-end=\"1310\" style=\"width: 66.0463%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eSolid Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"1311\" data-end=\"1347\" style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"1311\" data-end=\"1324\" data-col-size=\"sm\" style=\"width: 31.0966%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1313\" data-end=\"1323\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-start=\"1324\" data-end=\"1347\" style=\"width: 66.0463%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1326\" data-end=\"1345\"\u003e144g (base pad)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"1348\" data-end=\"1405\" style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"1348\" data-end=\"1368\" data-col-size=\"sm\" style=\"width: 31.0966%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1350\" data-end=\"1367\"\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-start=\"1368\" data-end=\"1405\" style=\"width: 66.0463%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eSTI 2011, Bul Armory double-stack, Clones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"1406\" data-end=\"1441\" style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"1406\" data-end=\"1420\" data-col-size=\"sm\" style=\"width: 31.0966%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1408\" data-end=\"1419\"\u003eCaliber\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"1420\" data-end=\"1441\" data-col-size=\"sm\" style=\"width: 66.0463%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e9mm and .38 Super\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"1442\" data-end=\"1485\" style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"1442\" data-end=\"1462\" data-col-size=\"sm\" style=\"width: 31.0966%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1444\" data-end=\"1461\"\u003eMagazine Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"1462\" data-end=\"1485\" data-col-size=\"sm\" style=\"width: 66.0463%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e126mm \/ 140mm \/ 170mm Open Division\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"1486\" data-end=\"1544\" style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"1486\" data-end=\"1507\" data-col-size=\"sm\" style=\"width: 31.0966%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1488\" data-end=\"1506\"\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-start=\"1507\" data-end=\"1544\" style=\"width: 66.0463%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eBlack, Gold Plated, Chrome Plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"1545\" data-end=\"1578\" style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"1545\" data-end=\"1564\" data-col-size=\"sm\" style=\"width: 31.0966%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1547\" data-end=\"1563\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-start=\"1564\" data-end=\"1578\" style=\"width: 66.0463%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e~2 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"1579\" data-end=\"1628\" style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"1579\" data-end=\"1600\" data-col-size=\"sm\" style=\"width: 31.0966%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1581\" data-end=\"1599\"\u003eDivision Legal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-start=\"1600\" data-end=\"1628\" style=\"width: 66.0463%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eIPSC\/USPSA Open Division\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1630\" data-end=\"1633\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-start=\"1635\" data-end=\"1682\"\u003eThe Open Division Weight Advantage Explained\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1683\" data-end=\"1822\"\u003eIn Open Division, consistency wins matches. The \u003cstrong data-start=\"1731\" data-end=\"1754\"\u003e144g brass base pad\u003c\/strong\u003e improves how your magazines behave under recoil and during reloads:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1824\" data-end=\"2218\"\u003e📊 \u003cstrong data-start=\"1827\" data-end=\"1845\"\u003eCleaner Drops:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extra mass helps the magazine eject positively\u003cbr data-start=\"1892\" data-end=\"1895\"\u003e📊 \u003cstrong data-start=\"1898\" data-end=\"1918\"\u003eFaster Handling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Larger base gives more grip when pulling from pouches\u003cbr data-start=\"1972\" data-end=\"1975\"\u003e📊 \u003cstrong data-start=\"1978\" data-end=\"2001\"\u003eQuicker Insertions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-weight distribution helps guide the mag into the well\u003cbr data-start=\"2059\" data-end=\"2062\"\u003e📊 \u003cstrong data-start=\"2065\" data-end=\"2082\"\u003eMatched Feel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep reload timing consistent across your mag set\u003cbr data-start=\"2132\" data-end=\"2135\"\u003e📊 \u003cstrong data-start=\"2138\" data-end=\"2167\"\u003eBetter Impact Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brass takes abuse better than lightweight alloys\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"2220\" data-end=\"2223\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-start=\"2225\" data-end=\"2240\"\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2241\" data-end=\"2446\"\u003e🎯 IPSC \/ USPSA \u003cstrong data-start=\"2257\" data-end=\"2274\"\u003eOpen Division\u003c\/strong\u003e competitors\u003cbr data-start=\"2286\" data-end=\"2289\"\u003e🎯 3-Gun Open shooters\u003cbr data-start=\"2311\" data-end=\"2314\"\u003e🎯 Speed shooting disciplines\u003cbr data-start=\"2343\" data-end=\"2346\"\u003e🎯 Shooters chasing maximum stability + consistent reload feel\u003cbr data-start=\"2408\" data-end=\"2411\"\u003e🎯 Building matched magazine sets\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"2448\" data-end=\"2451\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-start=\"2453\" data-end=\"2493\"\u003e⚡ Build Your Complete Magazine System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2494\" data-end=\"2544\"\u003ePair this base pad with other race-ready upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2546\" data-end=\"2812\"\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong data-start=\"2549\" data-end=\"2580\"\u003eSTI 2011 Ambi Safeties\u003c\/strong\u003e – Get more grip whilst torquing \u003cbr data-start=\"2623\" data-end=\"2626\"\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong data-start=\"2629\" data-end=\"2660\"\u003eSTI 2011 Brass Magwell Open\u003c\/strong\u003e – Full brass weight system\u003cbr data-start=\"2687\" data-end=\"2690\"\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong data-start=\"2693\" data-end=\"2728\"\u003eSTI 2011 Wide Adjustable Thumbrest\u003c\/strong\u003e – Speed-focused alternative\u003cbr data-start=\"2756\" data-end=\"2759\"\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong data-start=\"2762\" data-end=\"2791\"\u003eExtended Magazine Release\u003c\/strong\u003e – Faster mag drops\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-start=\"2814\" data-end=\"2855\"\u003eComplete Your Open Division Race Gun:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2856\" data-end=\"2972\"\u003e🏆 \u003cstrong data-start=\"2859\" data-end=\"2886\"\u003e1911\/2011 Red Dot Optic Multi Mount\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2886\" data-end=\"2889\"\u003e🏆 \u003cstrong data-start=\"2892\" data-end=\"2915\"\u003eExtended Firing Pin\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2915\" data-end=\"2918\"\u003e🏆 \u003cstrong data-start=\"2921\" data-end=\"2950\"\u003eProgressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2950\" data-end=\"2953\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"2974\" data-end=\"2977\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-start=\"2979\" data-end=\"3008\"\u003eInstallation Instructions:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col data-start=\"3009\" data-end=\"3333\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"3009\" data-end=\"3063\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3012\" data-end=\"3063\"\u003eUnload magazine completely — verify chamber empty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"3064\" data-end=\"3113\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3067\" data-end=\"3113\"\u003eDepress retaining plate through witness hole\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"3114\" data-end=\"3159\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3117\" data-end=\"3159\"\u003eSlide factory base pad off magazine body\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"3160\" data-end=\"3210\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3163\" data-end=\"3210\"\u003eRemove spring and follower (note orientation)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"3211\" data-end=\"3255\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3214\" data-end=\"3255\"\u003eInstall brass base pad in reverse order\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"3256\" data-end=\"3299\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3259\" data-end=\"3299\"\u003eEnsure factory retaining plate clicks securely\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"3683\" data-end=\"3686\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-start=\"3688\" data-end=\"3717\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3719\" data-end=\"3900\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3719\" data-end=\"3765\"\u003eQ: What does “144g weight advantage” mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"3765\" data-end=\"3768\"\u003eA: This refers to the \u003cstrong data-start=\"3790\" data-end=\"3816\"\u003ebase pad weight (144g)\u003c\/strong\u003e—a heavy brass pad that improves mag handling, drop reliability, and reload control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3902\" data-end=\"4047\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3902\" data-end=\"3945\"\u003eQ: Can I use these in Limited Division?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"3945\" data-end=\"3948\"\u003eA: These are built for \u003cstrong\u003e126mm\u003c\/strong\u003e \/ \u003cstrong\u003e140mm\u003c\/strong\u003e \/ \u003cstrong data-start=\"3971\" data-end=\"3994\"\u003e170mm Open Division\u003c\/strong\u003e magazines. Limited typically restricts to \u003cstrong data-start=\"4037\" data-end=\"4046\"\u003e140mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"4049\" data-end=\"4185\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"4049\" data-end=\"4077\"\u003eQ: Which finish is best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"4077\" data-end=\"4080\"\u003eA: \u003cstrong data-start=\"4083\" data-end=\"4092\"\u003eBlack\u003c\/strong\u003e is most popular for durability. \u003cstrong data-start=\"4125\" data-end=\"4140\"\u003eGold\/Chrome\u003c\/strong\u003e help with visibility and mag identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"4187\" data-end=\"4296\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"4187\" data-end=\"4227\"\u003eQ: Do these require magazine tuning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"4227\" data-end=\"4230\"\u003eA: No—direct replacement. Always function test after installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"4298\" data-end=\"4441\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"4298\" data-end=\"4327\"\u003eQ: How many should I buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"4327\" data-end=\"4330\"\u003eA: Most IPSC Open shooters run \u003cstrong data-start=\"4356\" data-end=\"4373\"\u003e4–6 magazines\u003c\/strong\u003e. Matching base pads across your competition mags helps consistency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"4443\" data-end=\"4446\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-start=\"4448\" data-end=\"4483\"\u003e⚠️ Important Compatibility Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"4484\" data-end=\"4780\"\u003e✅ Compatible: \u003cstrong data-start=\"4498\" data-end=\"4535\"\u003eSTI 2011, Bul Armory double-stack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"4535\" data-end=\"4538\"\u003e✅ Calibers: \u003cstrong data-start=\"4550\" data-end=\"4571\"\u003e9mm and .38 Super\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"4571\" data-end=\"4574\"\u003e✅ Magazine length: \u003cstrong data-start=\"4593\" data-end=\"4616\"\u003e170mm Open Division\u003c\/strong\u003e (NOT 140mm Limited)\u003cbr data-start=\"4679\" data-end=\"4682\"\u003e❌ NOT compatible: Single-stack 1911 magazines\u003cbr data-start=\"4727\" data-end=\"4730\"\u003e❌ NOT compatible: Glock, CZ, Tanfoglio magazines\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"4782\" data-end=\"4785\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-start=\"4787\" data-end=\"4823\"\u003e📦 Package Options \u0026amp; Bulk Pricing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"4824\" data-end=\"4998\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"4824\" data-end=\"4856\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"4826\" data-end=\"4856\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"4826\" data-end=\"4845\"\u003eSingle Base Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e – $44.99\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"4857\" data-end=\"4911\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"4859\" data-end=\"4911\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"4859\" data-end=\"4876\"\u003e3-Pack Bundle\u003c\/strong\u003e – Save 10% (contact for pricing)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"4912\" data-end=\"4944\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"4914\" data-end=\"4944\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"4914\" data-end=\"4931\"\u003e5-Pack Bundle\u003c\/strong\u003e – Save 15%\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"4945\" data-end=\"4998\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"4947\" data-end=\"4998\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"4947\" data-end=\"4965\"\u003e10-Pack Bundle\u003c\/strong\u003e – Save 20% (club orders welcome)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"5000\" data-end=\"5003\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-start=\"5005\" data-end=\"5027\"\u003eWhy Boss Components\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5028\" data-end=\"5308\"\u003e🏆 Competition Proven – Used by Australian Open Division shooters\u003cbr data-start=\"5093\" data-end=\"5096\"\u003e🏆 Precision Manufacturing – CNC-milled to tight tolerances\u003cbr data-start=\"5155\" data-end=\"5158\"\u003e🏆 Australian Stock – Ships within 24 hours\u003cbr data-start=\"5201\" data-end=\"5204\"\u003e🏆 Expert Support – Competitive shooters on staff\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"5310\" data-end=\"5313\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-start=\"5315\" data-end=\"5341\"\u003e📦 Shipping Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5342\" data-end=\"5511\"\u003e✈️ In Stock: Ships within 24 hours\u003cbr data-start=\"5376\" data-end=\"5379\"\u003e🇦🇺 Australia: Express 1–3 days\u003cbr data-start=\"5411\" data-end=\"5414\"\u003e🌏 International: Philippines 5–7 days, USA 7–10 days\u003cbr data-start=\"5467\" data-end=\"5470\"\u003e📍 Ships from Adelaide, South Australia\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5513\" data-end=\"5639\"\u003e⭐ Upgrade your reload confidence and mag handling—run the \u003cstrong data-start=\"5571\" data-end=\"5595\"\u003e144g brass advantage\u003c\/strong\u003e and feel the difference in your next match.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black Single No Number","offer_id":39914142564433,"sku":"0114-BLK-DSOMBPNN","price":44.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold Plated Single No Number","offer_id":40028164259921,"sku":"0114-GLD-DSOMBPNN","price":44.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chrome Plated Single No Number","offer_id":40028164292689,"sku":"0114-CHR-DSOMBPNN","price":44.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/sti-2011-938bul-armory-brass-double-stack-open-magazine-base-pad-set-967327.jpg?v=1725173488"},{"product_id":"1911-sti-2011-staccato-red-dot-scope-mount","title":"1911\/2011 Red Dot Scope Multi Mount | Universal Optic Mount","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMount any red dot sight on any 1911 or 2011 pistol with the most versatile universal optic mount on the market. This CNC-machined billet aluminium mount accepts all major red dot footprints — RMR, Holosun, Delta Point Pro, SRO — and fits most platforms from Colt to STI to Bul Armory. Trusted by IPSC and USPSA competitors worldwide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e1911\/2011 Red Dot Mount - Universal Multi-Footprint Design | All Platforms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe most versatile red dot mount for 1911 and 2011 pistols - fits most platforms and accepts most major red dot footprints.\u003c\/strong\u003e Whether you shoot a Colt 1911, STI 2011, or Bul Armory, this universal mount provides a rock-solid optics platform that maintains zero through thousands of rounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy This is the #1 Choice for 1911\/2011 Shooters:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Platform Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fits most 1911 and 2011 pistols from most manufacturers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Footprint Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Accepts RMR, Holosun, Delta Point Pro, SRO, and more\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCNC Precision Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e - Billet aluminum construction holds zero under heavy recoil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Profile Height\u003c\/strong\u003e - Optimal sight height for fast target acquisition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard Anodized Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable coating withstands competition use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by IPSC and USPSA champions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Platforms:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColt 1911 \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpringfield 1911\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKimber 1911\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSTI 2011\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBul Armory SAS II \/ TAC\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRock Island 1911\/2011\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll 1911\/2011 clones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Red Dot Sights:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrijicon RMR \/ RMRcc \/ SRO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolosun 407C \/ 507C \/ 508T \/ 507K\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeupold Delta Point Pro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSig Romeo 1 Pro \/ Romeo Zero\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVortex Viper \/ Venom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShield RMSc\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnd more with similar footprints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your 1911\/2011 Competition Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEssential upgrades for faster performance:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-bul-armory-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003eExtended Magazine Release\u003c\/a\u003e - Drop mags without breaking grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-staccato-mag-well-brass-ipsc-uspsa-open-division\"\u003eSTI 2011 Brass Magwell\u003c\/a\u003e - Lightning-fast reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-extended-firing-pin\"\u003eExtended Firing Pin\u003c\/a\u003e - Reliable ignition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-slide-stop-thumb-rest\"\u003eSlide Stop Thumb Rest\u003c\/a\u003e - Better recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6061-T6 Billet Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hard Anodized Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces rear sight (some models may require slide modification)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low profile design for optimal sight picture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDivision Legal:\u003c\/strong\u003e IPSC Open | USPSA Limited, Open\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQty 1 Universal red dot mount\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ex8 Red dot locating pins of multiple sizes (comes in sets of Qty 2)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Notes:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires slide disassembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation time: Approximately 15 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGunsmith recommended for first-time installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSome models may require minor fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo mounting screws are supplied with this unit due to the multiple sizes out there \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDivision Compliance:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Standard Division:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check current rules for optics allowance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC\/USPSA Limited:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allowed in Limited Optics divisions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC\/USPSA Open:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully compliant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlways verify current division rules at IPSC.org or USPSA.org\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Boss Components:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Stock\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fast shipping across Australia and internationally\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Focus\u003c\/strong\u003e - Designed by shooters, for shooters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransform your 1911\/2011 into an optics-ready competition pistol. Order the universal red dot mount today!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this fit my specific 1911\/2011 model?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. This mount is designed to fit all 1911 and 2011 platforms. The universal design accommodates variations between manufacturers including Colt, Springfield, Kimber, STI, Staccato, Bul Armory, SVI, Rock Island, and clones.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which red dot sight should I choose?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Popular choices include Holosun 507C for value, Trijicon RMR for durability, or Leupold Delta Point Pro for large window. All are compatible with this mount.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Do I need to modify my slide?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Most installations require only rear sight replacement. Some models may need minor slide modification — consult a gunsmith if unsure.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is this competition legal for IPSC and USPSA?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, for divisions allowing optics. Red dot sights are permitted in IPSC Open and Standard divisions, and USPSA Open and Limited Optics divisions. Check your specific division rules as they vary.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Are mounting screws included?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. Mounting screws are not supplied due to the multiple sizes required by different red dot sights. The package includes 8 red dot locating pins in multiple sizes (sets of 2). Use the screws that came with your specific red dot sight.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my specific 1911\/2011 model?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This mount is designed to fit most 1911 and 2011 platforms. The universal design accommodates variations between manufacturers, including Colt, Springfield, Kimber, STI, Bul Armory, SVI, Rock Island, and clones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich red dot sight should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePopular choices include Holosun 507C for value, Trijicon RMR for durability, or Leupold Delta Point Pro for large window. All are compatible with this mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to modify my slide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost installations require only rear sight replacement. Some models may need minor slide modification — consult a gunsmith if unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this competition legal for IPSC and USPSA?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for divisions allowing optics. Red dot sights are permitted in IPSC Open and USPSA Open and Limited Optics divisions. Check your specific division rules as they vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre mounting screws included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Mounting screws are not supplied due to the multiple sizes required by different red dot sights. The package includes 8 red dot locating pins in multiple sizes (sets of 2). Use the screws that came with your specific red dot sight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGuides \u0026amp; Resources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/cz-shadow-2-1911-2011-red-dot-mount-comparison-matrix-dovetail-vs-optic-ready-vs-universal-slide-mount-for-uspsa-carry-optics-limited-optics-open-2026\"\u003eRed dot mount comparison matrix — dovetail vs optic-ready vs universal\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/1911-2011-red-dot-mount-complete-installation-setup-guide-boss-components\"\u003e1911\/2011 red dot mount installation guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/red-dot-footprints-explained-rmr-deltapoint-pro-acro-rmsc-patterns-for-cz-shadow-2-1911-2011-glock-uspsa-2026\"\u003eRed dot footprints explained — RMR, DPP, ACRO, RMSC\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ A - Version","offer_id":31733948285009,"sku":"0113-A-BLK-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ B - Version","offer_id":39730392957009,"sku":"0113-B-BLK-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Plated \/ A - Version","offer_id":31733948186705,"sku":"0113-A-CHR-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Plated \/ B - Version","offer_id":39730392989777,"sku":"0113-B-CHR-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold Plated \/ A - Version","offer_id":31733948153937,"sku":"0113-A-GLD-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold Plated \/ B - Version","offer_id":39730393022545,"sku":"0113-B-GLD-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ A - Version","offer_id":31733948252241,"sku":"0113-A-BLUE-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ B - Version","offer_id":39730393055313,"sku":"0113-B-BLUE-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red \/ A - Version","offer_id":32110906966097,"sku":"0113-A-RED-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ B - Version","offer_id":39730393120849,"sku":"0113-B-RED-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Green \/ A - Version","offer_id":32917279342673,"sku":"0113-A-GRN-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ B - Version","offer_id":39730393153617,"sku":"0113-B-GRN-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver \/ A - Version","offer_id":39294322966609,"sku":"0113-A-SLV-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver \/ B - Version","offer_id":39730393219153,"sku":"0113-B-SLV-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Purple \/ A - Version","offer_id":59648739934289,"sku":null,"price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple \/ B - Version","offer_id":59648739967057,"sku":null,"price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/1911sti-2011-red-dot-scope-mount-862224.jpg?v=1725173406"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-dovetail-red-dot-optic-mount","title":"CZ Shadow 2 Dovetail Red Dot Mount","description":"\u003cp\u003eMount a red dot sight to your CZ Shadow 2 without milling the slide. The CZ Shadow 2 Dovetail Red Dot Mount replaces your rear sight and provides a solid, zero-retaining platform for popular micro red dot optics. The fastest way to get a dot on your Shadow 2 — no permanent slide modifications required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo Slide Milling Required\u003c\/strong\u003e — Mounts directly into the existing rear dovetail, preserving your factory slide. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Zero Retention\u003c\/strong\u003e — Precision machined for a tight dovetail fit that holds zero through thousands of rounds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-Profile Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Sits as low as possible on the slide for a natural sight picture and fast target acquisition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReversible Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Remove the mount and reinstall your rear sight to return to factory configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed dot optics are \u003cstrong\u003elegal in IPSC Open division and USPSA Carry Optics and Open\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cstrong\u003eNot legal for IPSC Production or Standard\u003c\/strong\u003e — these divisions prohibit optical sights. Verify your specific optic and mount combination meets your division's weight and dimensional requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 (standard dovetail rear sight models)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Orange\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x CZ Shadow 2 Dovetail Red Dot Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws for optic attachment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8x locating pins of different sizes in sets of x2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moderate. Requires a sight pusher or brass punch to remove the factory rear sight and press the mount into the dovetail. A sight pusher tool is recommended for the best results. Allow 15–20 minutes. Once fitted, optic mounting takes an additional 5 minutes. Gunsmithing is required to file fit this. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-brass-magwell\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Brass Magwell\u003c\/a\u003e — Complete your Open division build with faster reloads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-carbide-palm-swell-grips\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Carbide Grips\u003c\/a\u003e — Maximum grip for dot-tracking during rapid fire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-stainless-steel-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release\u003c\/a\u003e — Speed up every reload.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference between this and the Optic Ready mount?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Dovetail mount replaces the rear sight on standard CZ Shadow 2 models. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-optic-ready-red-dot-mount\"\u003eOptic Ready mount\u003c\/a\u003e is designed for CZ Shadow 2 OR models that have a factory optic-ready slide cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this hold zero as well as a milled slide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA properly fitted dovetail mount holds zero reliably for competition use. For maximum rigidity, a milled slide is superior, but the dovetail mount is the practical choice for shooters who don't want permanent slide modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I co-witness my iron sights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rear sight is replaced by the mount, so you lose the rear iron sight. Some shooters add a backup sight plate or rely on the front sight for emergency use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"A - Version","offer_id":40258445606993,"sku":"0112-ADV","price":99.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"B - Version","offer_id":40258445672529,"sku":"0112-BDV","price":99.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"C - Version","offer_id":42873922289745,"sku":"0112-CDV","price":99.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/cz-shadow-2-dovetail-red-dot-optic-mount-413471.jpg?v=1725173477"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-plus-zero-extended-magazine-base-pad","title":"CZ Shadow 2 Plus Zero Extended Magazine Base Pad","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CZ Shadow 2 Plus Zero Extended Magazine Base Pad adds weight and a slight extension to the base of your magazines for faster, more reliable mag drops during competition reloads. The plus-zero design maintains standard magazine capacity while giving you a larger gripping surface for magazine manipulation and enough extra mass to ensure clean, gravity-assisted drops every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlus-Zero Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Adds weight and grip surface without changing magazine capacity, keeping you division-legal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaster Magazine Drops\u003c\/strong\u003e — Added base weight means magazines fall free cleanly every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Grip Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — Easier to grab during emergency reloads and malfunction clearances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Machined for a tight, rattle-free fit on CZ Shadow 2 factory magazines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Built to survive repeated drops on concrete, gravel, and hard range surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 factory magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Orange magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 magazines (check fit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for full-size (non-magwell) grip frames. Running a Boss magwell? Use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-magazine-base-pad-ipsc-standard-division\"\u003emagwell-ready base pad\u003c\/a\u003e instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x CZ Shadow 2 Plus Zero Extended Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy — no tools required. Slide off the factory base pad and slide the replacement on. Under 1 minute per magazine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-magazine-release-button\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Magazine Release Button\u003c\/a\u003e — Upgraded release for faster mag drops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-stainless-steel-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release\u003c\/a\u003e — Extra reach for smaller hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-slide-stop\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Slide Stop\u003c\/a\u003e — Crisper, more positive slide manipulations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-tungsten-guide-rod\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Tungsten Guide Rod\u003c\/a\u003e — Front-end weight to flatten muzzle rise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-75-shadow-2-progressive-recoil-spring\"\u003eCZ 75\/Shadow 2 Progressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/a\u003e — Smoother cycling and reduced felt recoil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes this add magazine capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a plus-zero base pad — it adds weight and grip surface without changing the round count.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill these work with Boss Components magwells?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. These base pads are designed to work with full-size grip panels, not with a magwell. For magwell setups, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-magazine-base-pad-ipsc-standard-division\"\u003emagwell-ready base pad\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight do they add?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWeighing in at 85 grams, they provide enough mass to noticeably improve mag-drop reliability compared to factory polymer base pads, while staying comfortable on your belt.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Red Single Base Pad","offer_id":31734097051729,"sku":"0110-RED-PZEMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue Single Base Pad","offer_id":31734097084497,"sku":"0110-BLUE-PZEMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver Single Base Pad","offer_id":31734097150033,"sku":"0110-SLV-PZEMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Black Single Base Pad","offer_id":32514306408529,"sku":"0110-BLK-PZEMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Gold Plated Single Base Pad","offer_id":39456475283537,"sku":"0110-GLD-PZEMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Plated Single Base Pad","offer_id":39456475545681,"sku":"0110-CHR-PZEMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/cz-shadow-2-plus-zero-extended-magazine-base-pad-512941.jpg?v=1725173475"},{"product_id":"1911-sti-2011-bul-armory-extended-magazine-release-button","title":"1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release | STI, Bul Armory Compatible","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpeed up your 1911 and 2011 reloads with an extended magazine release button that lets you drop magazines without shifting your grip. This precision-machined steel drop-in replacement fits all drilled and tapped housings for STI Bul Armory and all compatible 2011 platforms and clones— essential for competitive shooters who need fast, reliable magazine changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium 1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release Button\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShave critical seconds off your reload times with our extended magazine release button for 1911, STI 2011, and Bul Armory pistols. Designed for competitive shooters, this extended release allows you to drop magazines without breaking your grip - maintaining control and speed through every reload sequence in IPSC and USPSA competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Platform Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fits 1911, STI 2011, Bul Armory, and compatible 2011 platforms that have a drilled and tapped housing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Reach the release without shifting your grip, maintaining control through every reload\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e - CNC-milled for exact fit and smooth, positive operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic Profile\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfectly sized paddle for fast activation without accidental magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Built to withstand thousands of competition reloads without wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e - Direct replacement for factory button, no gunsmithing required (unless you do not have a drilled and tapped housing to accept screw)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC and USPSA competitive shooters across all 1911\/2011 platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSTI and Bul Armory owners seeking faster reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShooters with smaller hands who struggle to reach factory buttons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a complete competition-ready 1911\/2011 reload system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your 1911\/2011 Reload System:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximize your reload speed with these essential magazine components:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-staccato-mag-well-aluminium-ipsc-standard-uspsa-limited-division\"\u003eSTI 2011 Aluminium Magwell - Limited Division\u003c\/a\u003e - Lightning-fast magazine insertion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-staccato-mag-well-brass-ipsc-standard-uspsa-limited-division\"\u003eSTI 2011 Brass Magwell - Limited Division\u003c\/a\u003e - Added weight for recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-aluminium-double-stack-magazine-base-pad\"\u003eSTI 2011 Aluminium Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e - Enhanced magazine grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full Competition Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your 1911\/2011 into a competition winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bul-armory-1911-2011-red-dot-scope-mount\"\u003eBul Armory 1911\/2011 Red Dot Mount\u003c\/a\u003e - Add optics for faster acquisition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-slide-stop-thumb-rest\"\u003e1911\/2011 Slide Stop Thumb Rest\u003c\/a\u003e - Improved recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-extended-firing-pin\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin\u003c\/a\u003e - Reliable ignition every time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1911, STI 2011 \u0026amp; Bul Armory, SVI, and compatible clone 2011 platforms from all manufacturers that have a drilled and tapped screw hole to accept a 4-40 screw\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e One extended magazine release button with Qty 1 (4-40) screw installation hardware\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Precision-machined steel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple drop-in replacement, approximately 2 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drop magazines without breaking your grip for faster, more controlled reloads\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is this a drop-in replacement?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. It directly replaces the factory magazine release button with no gunsmithing required. Installation takes approximately 5 minutes.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this cause accidental magazine drops?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. The paddle is ergonomically sized for fast activation while preventing accidental magazine releases during normal handling.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What platforms is this compatible with?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"1911, STI 2011, Staccato, Bul Armory, SVI, and all compatible 2011 platforms from all manufacturers.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this a drop-in replacement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It directly replaces the factory magazine release button with no gunsmithing required. Installation takes approximately 2 minutes (unless you do not have a drilled and tapped housing to accept a screw), then gunsmithing is required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this cause accidental magazine drops?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The paddle is ergonomically sized for and designed to angle up or down to find that sweet spot for fast activation while preventing accidental magazine releases during normal handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat platforms is this compatible with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1911, STI 2011 \u0026amp; Bul Armory, SVI, and all compatible 2011 platforms from all manufacturer clone models that are drilled and tapped to accept a 4-40 screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGuides \u0026amp; Resources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/how-to-install-an-extended-mag-release-2011-cz-shadow-2-1911-step-by-step-installation-guide-for-uspsa-ipsc-2026\"\u003eHow to install an extended mag release — step by step\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/cz-shadow-2-vs-1911-2011-extended-magazine-releases-uspsa-ipsc-reload-speed-comparison-matrix-2026\"\u003eExtended mag release reload-speed comparison matrix\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/1911-2011-extended-magazine-release-guide-uspsa-limited-limited-optics-single-stack-setup-2026\"\u003eMag release setup for Limited, Limited Optics \u0026amp; Single Stack\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":31733981413457,"sku":"0109-BLK-EMRB","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":31733981282385,"sku":"0109-BLUE-EMRB","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":31733981347921,"sku":"0109-SLV-EMRB","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":32110892384337,"sku":"0109-RED-EMRB","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold Plated","offer_id":39314443075665,"sku":"0109-GLD-EMRB","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chrome Plated","offer_id":39314443141201,"sku":"0109-CHR-EMRB","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":40605558112337,"sku":"0109-PUR-EMRB","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/1911sti-2011bul-armory-extended-magazine-release-button-190775.jpg?v=1725173403"},{"product_id":"sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-brass-double-stack-magazine-base-pad-set-ipsc-standard-division","title":"2011 Brass Double Stack Magazine Base Pad | IPSC Standard","description":"\u003cp\u003eAdd weight and grip to every reload with the \u003cstrong\u003e2011 brass double-stack magazine base pad\u003c\/strong\u003e — precision-machined from solid brass at 63g for positive magazine drops and confident insertion under stage pressure. Designed for STI and Bul Armory double-stack magazine tubes, this base pad fits within IPSC Standard Division box dimensions while delivering the weight advantage that separates fast reloads from fumbled ones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Brass Construction (63g)\u003c\/strong\u003e — Significantly heavier than aluminium for faster magazine drops and improved recoil characteristics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSerrated \u0026amp; Knurled Grip Surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e — Serrations on each side plus knurled top and front for positive magazine handling in any conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Standard Division Legal\u003c\/strong\u003e — Fits within IPSC box dimensions for Standard Division compliance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree Premium Finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e — Black mirror polish, chrome plated, or gold plated for durability and easy magazine identification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits all STI 2011 and Bul Armory 9mm\/.38 Super double-stack magazine tubes. This is the \u003cstrong\u003eStandard Division length\u003c\/strong\u003e base pad — for Open Division extended base pads, see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-brass-double-stack-open-magazine-base-pad-set\"\u003e2011 Brass Open Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes NOT fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single-stack 1911 magazines, SVI magazines, or MBX magazines — these use different base pad dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Standard Division\u003c\/strong\u003e — Legal. Fits within box dimensions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA Limited Division\u003c\/strong\u003e — Legal. Compliant with Limited Division equipment rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA Single Stack\u003c\/strong\u003e — Not applicable (double stack only)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-Gun\u003c\/strong\u003e — Legal for pistol stages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Brass magazine base pad (retention plate not included — uses existing magazine retention plate)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the magazine from the pistol and ensure it is empty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepress the retention plate through the witness hole in the magazine tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the factory base pad off the magazine body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNote the spring and follower orientation before removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the brass base pad onto the magazine tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the retention plate clicks securely into place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFunction test with snap caps before competition use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your 2011 Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-staccato-mag-well-brass-ipsc-standard-uspsa-limited-division\"\u003e2011 Brass Magwell (Standard\/Limited)\u003c\/a\u003e — Pair with brass base pads for seamless magazine-to-magwell fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-staccato-adjustable-thumbrest\"\u003e1911\/2011 Adjustable Thumb Rest\u003c\/a\u003e — Lock in your grip for consistent draw-to-first-shot times\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-bul-armory-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release\u003c\/a\u003e — Faster magazine drops without shifting your grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/magnetic-magazine-pouch\"\u003eMagnetic Magazine Pouch\u003c\/a\u003e — Reliable magazine carrier for competition stages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between the Standard and Open Division 2011 brass base pad?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This Standard Division base pad fits within IPSC box dimensions. The Open Division base pad is longer, adds more capacity, and is designed for divisions without box restrictions.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this brass base pad fit Staccato P, C2, or XC magazines?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes — it fits all Staccato 2011 double stack magazine tubes in 9mm and .38 Super. Staccato uses standard 2011 magazine dimensions.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which finish should I choose for my 2011 brass base pad?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"All finishes deliver identical performance. Black mirror polish is most popular for durability. Chrome and gold plating provide high visibility for easier magazine identification during stage setup.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Should I choose brass or aluminium base pads for my 2011?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Brass base pads (63g) are significantly heavier than aluminium (15g), providing faster gravity-assisted magazine drops and improved recoil characteristics. Choose brass if you want the weight advantage, or aluminium if you prioritise a lightweight setup.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this fit SVI or MBX 2011 magazine tubes?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. This base pad is designed for STI, Staccato, and Bul Armory double stack magazine tubes only. SVI and MBX magazines use different base pad dimensions.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the Standard and Open Division 2011 brass base pad?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Standard Division base pad fits within IPSC box dimensions. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-brass-double-stack-open-magazine-base-pad-set\"\u003eOpen Division base pad\u003c\/a\u003e is longer, adds more capacity, and is designed for divisions without box restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this brass base pad fit STI \u0026amp; BUL magazines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it fits all STI 2011 \u0026amp; BUL double-stack magazine tubes in 9mm and .38 Super and clone models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich finish should I choose for my 2011 brass base pad?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll finishes deliver identical performance. Black mirror polish is most popular for durability. Chrome and gold plating provide high visibility for easier magazine identification during stage setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose brass or aluminium base pads for my 2011?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrass base pads (63g) are significantly heavier than aluminium (15g), providing faster gravity-assisted magazine drops and improved recoil characteristics. Choose brass if you want the weight advantage, or aluminium if you prioritise a lightweight setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit SVI or MBX 2011 magazine tubes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This base pad is designed for STI and Bul Armory double-stack magazine tubes only. SVI and MBX magazines use different base pad dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Gold Plated Single Base Pad","offer_id":39735329521745,"sku":"0108-GLD-DSMBPS","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Plated Single Base Pad","offer_id":39735329685585,"sku":"0108-CHR-DSMBPS","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Single Base Pad","offer_id":39735329947729,"sku":"0108-BLK-DSMBPS","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/sti-2011-938bul-armory-brass-double-stack-magazine-base-pad-set-ipsc-standard-division-111135.jpg?v=1725173486"},{"product_id":"sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-aluminium-double-stack-magazine-base-pad","title":"2011 Aluminium Double Stack Magazine Base Pad","description":"\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your magazine handling without the weight penalty — the \u003cstrong\u003e2011 aluminium double-stack magazine base pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is precision-machined from 6061 aluminium at just 15g, delivering an extended grip surface with serrations and knurling for confident reloads in any conditions. Built for STI and Bul Armory double-stack magazine tubes, this base pad is IPSC Standard Division legal and available in six anodised colour options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6061 Aluminium Construction (15g)\u003c\/strong\u003e — Lightweight yet durable, adding grip surface without significant weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSerrated \u0026amp; Knurled Grip Surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e — Serrations on each side plus knurled top and front for positive magazine handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard Anodised Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — Scratch-resistant anodised coating for long-term durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Standard Division Legal\u003c\/strong\u003e — Fits within IPSC box dimensions for Standard Division compliance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix Colour Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Black, blue, red, green, silver, and purple for personalised magazine identification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits all STI 2011 and Bul Armory 9mm\/.38 Super double-stack magazine tubes. This is the \u003cstrong\u003eStandard Division length\u003c\/strong\u003e base pad — for Open Division extended base pads, see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-aluminium-double-stack-long-magazine-base-pad\"\u003e2011 Aluminium Open Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes NOT fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single-stack 1911 magazines, SVI magazines, or MBX magazines — these use different base pad dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBrass vs Aluminium — Which Should You Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAluminium base pads suit shooters who want an extended grip surface without adding significant weight. If you prefer heavier magazines for faster drops and improved recoil characteristics, consider the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-brass-double-stack-magazine-base-pad-set-ipsc-standard-division\"\u003e2011 Brass Standard Base Pad (63g)\u003c\/a\u003e instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Standard Division\u003c\/strong\u003e — Legal. Fits within box dimensions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA Limited Division\u003c\/strong\u003e — Legal. Compliant with Limited Division equipment rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-Gun\u003c\/strong\u003e — Legal for pistol stages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Aluminium magazine base pad (retention plate not included — uses existing magazine retention plate)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the magazine from the pistol and ensure it is empty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepress the retention plate through the witness hole in the magazine tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the factory base pad off the magazine body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNote the spring and follower orientation before removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the aluminium base pad onto the magazine tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the retention plate clicks securely into place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFunction test with snap caps before competition use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your 2011 Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-staccato-mag-well-aluminium-ipsc-standard-uspsa-limited-division\"\u003e2011 Aluminium Magwell (Standard\/Limited)\u003c\/a\u003e — Match your base pads with a colour-coordinated magwell\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-staccato-adjustable-thumbrest\"\u003e1911\/2011 Adjustable Thumb Rest\u003c\/a\u003e — Lock in your grip for consistent draw-to-first-shot times\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-bul-armory-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release\u003c\/a\u003e — Faster magazine drops without shifting your grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/magnetic-magazine-pouch\"\u003eMagnetic Magazine Pouch\u003c\/a\u003e — Reliable magazine carrier for competition stages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between the Standard and Open Division 2011 base pad?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This Standard Division base pad fits within IPSC box dimensions at 15g. The Open Division base pad is longer, adds capacity, and is designed for divisions without box restrictions.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this 2011 base pad fit Staccato P, C2, or XC magazines?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes — it fits all Staccato 2011 double stack magazine tubes in 9mm and .38 Super, including the P, C2, and XC models.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use different colours on my magazines for identification?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Absolutely. Many competitors use different colours for magazine identification — for example, distinguishing between 9mm and .38 Super loads, or marking primary magazines versus backups. Six anodised colours are available.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Should I choose aluminium or brass base pads for my 2011?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Aluminium base pads (15g) suit shooters who want an extended grip surface without adding significant weight. Brass base pads (63g) are better if you prefer heavier magazines for faster gravity-assisted drops and improved recoil characteristics.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this fit SVI or MBX magazine tubes?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. This base pad is designed for STI, Staccato, and Bul Armory double stack magazine tubes only. SVI and MBX magazines use different base pad dimensions.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the Standard and Open Division 2011 base pad?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Standard Division base pad fits within the IPSC box dimensions at 15g. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-aluminium-double-stack-long-magazine-base-pad\"\u003eOpen Division base pad\u003c\/a\u003e is longer, adds capacity, and is designed for divisions without box restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these fit the 2011 STI \u0026amp; BUL magazines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it fits all STI \u0026amp; BUL 2011 double-stack magazine tubes in 9mm and .38 Super, including clones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use different colours on my magazines for identification?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. Many competitors use different colours for magazine identification — for example, distinguishing between 9mm and .38 Super loads, or marking primary magazines versus backups. Six anodised colours are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose aluminium or brass base pads for my 2011?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAluminium base pads (15g) suit shooters who want an extended grip surface without adding significant weight. Brass base pads (63g) are better if you prefer heavier magazines for faster gravity-assisted drops and improved recoil characteristics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit SVI or MBX magazine tubes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This base pad is designed for STI and Bul Armory double-stack magazine tubes only. SVI and MBX magazines use different base pad dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":39734950985809,"sku":"0107-BLK-SBP","price":34.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":39734951051345,"sku":"0107-BLUE-SBP","price":34.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":39734951116881,"sku":"0107-RED-SBP","price":34.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":39734951313489,"sku":"0107-SLV-SBP","price":34.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":40588556042321,"sku":"0107-PUR-SBP","price":34.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/sti-2011-938bul-armory-aluminium-double-stack-magazine-base-pad-220925.jpg?v=1725173490"},{"product_id":"sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-aluminium-double-stack-long-magazine-base-pad","title":"2011 Aluminium Double Stack Open Magazine Base Pad","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtect your high-capacity Open Division magazines with a lightweight aluminium base pad built for STI and Bul Armory 2011 platforms. CNC-machined with a hard anodised finish, this extended-length base pad delivers an enhanced grip surface for fast reloads without adding unnecessary weight to your race gun setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium STI\/BUL Armory 2011 Aluminium Open Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtect your high-capacity magazines and enhance grip with our lightweight aluminium magazine base pad for STI 2011 and Bul Armory Open Division magazines. This precision-machined base pad provides a larger gripping surface for faster magazine insertion without adding unnecessary weight - perfect for shooters who prioritize speed and agility in IPSC and USPSA Open Division competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight Aluminium Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Adds minimal weight while maximizing reload speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Magazine Grip\u003c\/strong\u003e - Larger surface area provides positive grip for faster magazine insertion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen Division Specific\u003c\/strong\u003e - Designed for high-capacity STI 2011 and Bul Armory magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal 9mm\/.38 Super Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e - Works with both 9mm and .38 Super Open Division magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard Anodized Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable coating resists wear and maintains appearance through heavy use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by Open Division shooters worldwide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC and USPSA Open Division shooters with STI or Bul Armory pistols\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtecting valuable high-capacity magazines from impact damage during drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproving magazine grip for faster, more reliable reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a speed-optimized Open Division race gun setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your STI 2011 Open Division Magazine Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuild a complete Open Division magazine system:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-brass-double-stack-open-magazine-base-pad-set\"\u003eSTI 2011 Brass Open Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e - Weight-adding alternative\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-staccato-mag-well-aluminium-ipsc-uspsa-open-division\"\u003eSTI 2011 Aluminium Magwell - Open\u003c\/a\u003e - Complete your lightweight system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-staccato-mag-well-brass-ipsc-uspsa-open-division\"\u003eSTI 2011 Brass Magwell - Open\u003c\/a\u003e - Weight-adding magwell option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full Open Division Race Gun Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your 2011 into an Open Division winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-staccato-red-dot-scope-mount\"\u003e1911\/2011 Red Dot Scope Multi Mount\u003c\/a\u003e - Essential for Open Division optics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-extended-firing-pin\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin\u003c\/a\u003e - Reliable ignition every time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-progressive-recoil-spring\"\u003e1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/a\u003e - Smoother cycling for race guns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e STI 2011, Bul Armory 2011 Open Division magazines (9mm and .38 Super)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e One aluminium magazine base pad\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e CNC-machined aluminium with hard anodized finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaliber:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9mm and .38 Super\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDivision:\u003c\/strong\u003e IPSC\/USPSA Open Division\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces factory base pad, approximately 2 minutes per magazine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhanced magazine grip and protection without adding significant weight to your race gun\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between the Open and Standard Division 2011 base pad?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The Open Division base pad is longer than the Standard Division version, designed for high-capacity magazines used in divisions without IPSC box dimension restrictions. The Standard version fits within box dimensions for Standard and Limited divisions.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this fit Staccato XC or P DUO magazines?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes — this fits all Staccato 2011 double stack Open Division magazine tubes in 9mm and .38 Super.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Should I choose aluminium or brass Open Division base pads?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Aluminium base pads add minimal weight, ideal for speed-focused Open Division setups. Brass base pads add more weight for faster gravity-assisted magazine drops and improved recoil characteristics. Choose based on whether you prioritise speed or weight distribution.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does this fit SVI or MBX Open Division magazines?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. This base pad is designed specifically for STI, Staccato, and Bul Armory 2011 double stack magazine tubes. SVI and MBX magazines use different base pad dimensions.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long does installation take on Open Division magazines?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Approximately 5 minutes per magazine. Remove the factory base pad, slide on the aluminium replacement, and ensure the retention plate clicks securely into place. Function test with snap caps before competition use.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the Open and Standard Division 2011 base pad?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Open Division base pad is longer than the Standard Division version, designed for high-capacity magazines used in divisions without IPSC box dimension restrictions. The Standard version fits within the box dimensions for Standard and Limited divisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit STI (or) BUL magazines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — this fits the STI \u0026amp; BUL 2011 double-stack Open Division magazine tubes in 9mm and .38 Super plus clones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose aluminium or brass Open Division base pads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAluminium base pads add minimal weight, ideal for speed-focused Open Division setups. Brass base pads add more weight for faster gravity-assisted magazine drops and improved recoil characteristics. Choose based on whether you prioritise speed or weight distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this fit SVI or MBX Open Division magazines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This base pad is designed specifically for STI and Bul Armory 2011 double-stack magazine tubes. SVI and MBX magazines have slight measurement differences and need a different base pad, or modifications can be done to make them fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does installation take on Open Division magazines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 2 minutes per magazine. Remove the factory base pad, slide on the aluminium replacement, and ensure the retention plate clicks securely into place. Function test with snap caps before competition use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black Single Base Pad","offer_id":32365287211089,"sku":"0106-BLK-DSOMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red Single Base Pad","offer_id":31763212107857,"sku":"0106-RED-DSOMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue Single Base Pad","offer_id":31763213418577,"sku":"0106-BLUE-DSOMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver Single Base Pad","offer_id":32370702024785,"sku":"0106-SLV-DSOMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple Single Base Pad","offer_id":40291095806033,"sku":"0106-PUR-DSOMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/sti-2011-938bul-armory-aluminium-double-stack-long-magazine-base-pad-799090.jpg?v=1725173491"},{"product_id":"sti-2011-staccato-mag-well-brass-ipsc-standard-uspsa-limited-division","title":"STI 2011 Brass Magwell | IPSC\/USPSA Limited","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your STI 2011 with a solid brass magwell engineered for IPSC Standard and USPSA Limited Division competition. This precision-machined funnel delivers dual benefits — lightning-fast magazine insertion under match pressure and substantial added weight for improved recoil control on STI 2011 and compatible 2011 platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium STI 2011 Brass Magwell - IPSC\/USPSA Limited Division\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAchieve lightning-fast magazine changes while adding substantial recoil-reducing weight with our brass magwell designed specifically for STI 2011, and compatible 2011 platforms. This Standard and Limited Division magwell features a precision-sized funnel optimized for standard-capacity magazines, delivering exceptional reload speed and added weight for improved control - the dual benefit that makes brass the choice of serious Standard and Limited Division competitors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Brass Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Adds substantial weight for improved recoil control and balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard\/Limited Division Specific\u003c\/strong\u003e - Optimized funnel size for standard-capacity magazines in these divisions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSTI and Compatible\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect fit for STI 2011 and compatible platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAggressive Chamfering\u003c\/strong\u003e - Deep bevels catch magazines from any angle for foolproof insertion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual Benefit Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fast reloads AND recoil reduction in one component\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by top Standard and Limited Division shooters worldwide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC Standard and USPSA Limited Division competitive shooters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSTI and compatible platforms, owners seeking dual benefits of speed and weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a complete weight-optimized Standard\/Limited Division setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShooters wanting maximum recoil control with fast reload capability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your STI 2011 Standard\/Limited Reload System:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximize your division reload speed with these components:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-staccato-mag-well-aluminium-ipsc-standard-uspsa-limited-division\"\u003eSTI 2011 Aluminium Magwell - Standard\/Limited\u003c\/a\u003e - Lightweight alternative for speed-focused builds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-brass-double-stack-magazine-base-pad-set-ipsc-standard-division\"\u003eSTI 2011 Brass Standard Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e - Complete your brass weight system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-aluminium-double-stack-magazine-base-pad\"\u003eSTI 2011 Aluminium Standard Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e - Lightweight base pad option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full Standard\/Limited Division Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your 2011 into a division winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-bul-armory-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release\u003c\/a\u003e - Lightning-fast magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-extended-firing-pin\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin\u003c\/a\u003e - Reliable ignition every time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-progressive-recoil-spring\"\u003e1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/a\u003e - Smoother cycling and reduced recoil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e STI 2011 and only \u003cspan style=\"font-size: 10.5pt; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: Aptos; color: #161718; mso-ansi-language: EN-AU; mso-fareast-language: EN-AU; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;\"\u003efits the Staccato XC model\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brass magwell with Qty 1 roll pin \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid brass construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDivisions:\u003c\/strong\u003e IPSC Standard Division \/ USPSA Limited Division (optimized for standard-capacity magazines)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavyweight option for maximum recoil control\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attaches to frame, approximately 3 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual benefit of lightning-fast reloads AND substantial weight for recoil control\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What competition divisions is this magwell legal for?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This magwell is designed for IPSC Standard Division and USPSA Limited Division. The funnel size is optimized for standard-capacity magazines used in these divisions.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which platforms does this magwell fit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Fits STI 2011 and compatible 2011 platforms. Designed specifically for Standard and Limited Division setups.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the advantage of brass over aluminium for a magwell?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Brass adds substantial weight for improved recoil control and balance, providing a dual benefit of fast reloads and recoil reduction. For a lightweight speed-focused alternative, see the STI 2011 Aluminium Magwell.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long does installation take?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Approximately 10 minutes. The magwell attaches to the frame using the included installation hardware.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat competition divisions is this magwell legal for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis magwell is designed for IPSC Standard Division and USPSA Limited Division. The funnel size is optimized for standard-capacity magazines used in these divisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich platforms does this magwell fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits STI 2011 and compatible 2011 platforms. Designed specifically for Standard and Limited Division setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the advantage of brass over aluminium for a magwell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrass adds substantial weight for improved recoil control and balance, providing a dual benefit of fast reloads and recoil reduction. For a lightweight speed-focused alternative, see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-staccato-mag-well-aluminium-ipsc-standard-uspsa-limited-division\"\u003eSTI 2011 Aluminium Magwell\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does installation take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 3 minutes. The magwell attaches to the frame using the included installation hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGuides \u0026amp; Resources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/best-2011-magwells-for-2026-limited-vs-open-division-buyers-guide\"\u003e2011 magwell buyer's guide — Limited vs Open\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/best-2011-magwells-for-2026-limited-vs-open-division-buyers-guide\"\u003eBrass vs aluminium magwells by USPSA division\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/2011-upgrades-buyer-guide-starter-match-ready-podium-tier-builds-for-uspsa-limited-open-carry-optics-staccato-sti-bul-armory-2026\"\u003e2011 upgrades buyer guide — starter to podium tiers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Gold Plated","offer_id":39472627941457,"sku":"0105-GLD-BMW","price":159.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chrome Plated","offer_id":39472627974225,"sku":"0105-CHR-BMW","price":159.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Plated","offer_id":39811171876945,"sku":"0105-BLK-BMW","price":159.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/sti-2011-mag-well-brass-ipsc-standarduspsa-limited-division-298662.jpg?v=1725173493"},{"product_id":"tanfoglio-stock-2-3-9mm-magazine-base-pad","title":"Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 9mm Magazine Base Pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePremium Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 9mm Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProtect your Tanfoglio Stock 2 or Stock 3 magazines while enhancing grip and control with our precision-machined 9mm magazine base pad. Designed specifically for Tanfoglio Stock pistols, this base pad provides a larger gripping surface for faster, more positive magazine insertion during reloads in IPSC Standard Division competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTanfoglio Stock 2\/3 Specific Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Engineered exclusively for Tanfoglio Stock 2 and Stock 3 9mm magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Magazine Grip\u003c\/strong\u003e - Larger surface area provides positive grip for faster magazine insertion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagazine Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e - Protects magazine base from impact damage during drops and reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e - CNC-milled for perfect fit on Tanfoglio Stock magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Built to withstand thousands of competition reloads and magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by IPSC Standard Division shooters with Tanfoglio pistols\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC Standard Division shooters with Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 pistols\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtecting valuable Tanfoglio magazines from impact damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproving magazine grip for faster, more reliable reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing worn or damaged factory magazine base pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 Magazine Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximize your Tanfoglio magazine performance with these components:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tanfoglio-stock-2-3-9mm-2-brass-magazine-base-pad\"\u003eTanfoglio Stock 2\/3 +2 Brass Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e - Add capacity and weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tanfoglio\"\u003eTanfoglio Stock 2\/3 Carbide Grips\u003c\/a\u003e - Enhanced pistol grip and control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/9mm-case-gauge-ammo-checker-tool\"\u003e9mm Case Gauge Ammo Checker\u003c\/a\u003e - Essential reloading tool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Complete Shooting Kit:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEssential tools and accessories for competitive shooters:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2-piece-threaded-squib-rod\"\u003e2-Piece Threaded Squib Rod\u003c\/a\u003e - Essential safety tool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/pack-of-four-chamber-safety-flags\"\u003ePack of Four Chamber Safety Flags\u003c\/a\u003e - Safety equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shooting-accessories\"\u003eDry Fire Sighting Target\u003c\/a\u003e - Practice and training aid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tanfoglio Stock 2, Tanfoglio Stock 3, EAA Witness Stock 9mm magazines (verify magazine compatibility)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e One magazine base pad\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Precision-machined composite\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaliber:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9mm (9x19mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard capacity (does not add rounds)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces factory base pad, approximately 2 minutes per magazine\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black Single Base Pad","offer_id":32549759713361,"sku":"0104-BLK-MBP","price":24.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver Single Base Pad","offer_id":32549759746129,"sku":"0104-SLV-MBP","price":24.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red Single Base Pad","offer_id":32549759778897,"sku":"0104-RED-MBP","price":24.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue Single Base Pad","offer_id":32925917478993,"sku":"0104-BLUE-MBP","price":24.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/tanfoglio-stock-23-9mm-magazine-base-pad-271303.jpg?v=1725173498"},{"product_id":"1911-metalform-dawson-precision-and-tripp-magazine-brass-base-pad","title":"1911 Brass Magazine Base Pad | Multi-Fit (Metalform\/Dawson\/Tripp)","description":"\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your 1911 magazines with a solid brass base pad designed for Metalform, Dawson Precision, and Tripp magazines. This CNC-machined brass base pad adds weight for improved recoil control and provides a larger gripping surface for faster, more confident magazine insertions during IPSC and USPSA competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium 1911 Metalform\/Dawson\/Tripp Magazine Brass Base Pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdd weight and enhance magazine grip with our solid brass magazine base pad for 1911 Metalform, Dawson Precision, and Tripp magazines. This precision-machined brass base pad provides substantial weight for improved recoil control while offering a larger gripping surface for faster magazine insertion during reloads in IPSC and USPSA competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Brass Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Adds weight for improved recoil control and balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Magazine Grip\u003c\/strong\u003e - Larger surface area provides positive grip for faster magazine insertion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Brand Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e - Designed for Metalform, Dawson Precision, and Tripp 1911 magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e - CNC-milled for perfect fit on compatible magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Built to withstand thousands of competition reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by 1911 shooters using premium magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1911 shooters using Metalform, Dawson Precision, or Tripp magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding weight to magazines for improved recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a complete weight-optimized 1911 magazine system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpgrading from factory base pads for enhanced performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your 1911 Magazine Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuild a complete 1911 magazine system:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-mec-gar-bul-armory-brass-magazine-base-pad\"\u003e1911 Mec-Gar\/Bul Armory Brass Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e - Alternative brass option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-mec-gar-bul-armory-aluminium-magazine-base-pad\"\u003e1911 Mec-Gar\/Bul Armory Aluminium Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e - Lightweight alternative\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-bul-armory-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release\u003c\/a\u003e - Fast magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full 1911 Competition Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTransform your 1911 into a competition winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-progressive-recoil-spring\"\u003e1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/a\u003e - Smoother cycling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-extended-firing-pin\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin\u003c\/a\u003e - Reliable ignition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-slide-stop-thumb-rest\"\u003e1911\/2011 Slide Stop Thumb Rest\u003c\/a\u003e - Improved recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1911 Metalform, Dawson Precision, and Tripp magazines (verify magazine brand before purchase)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e One brass magazine base pad\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid brass construction\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces factory base pad, approximately 5 minutes per magazine\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds weight for improved recoil control while enhancing magazine grip for faster reloads\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for Metalform, Dawson Precision, and Tripp brand magazines - verify your magazine brand before purchase\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"faq\"\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which 1911 magazines does this base pad fit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This base pad is designed for Metalform, Dawson Precision, and Tripp 1911 magazines. Please verify your magazine brand before purchase.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this fit Mec-Gar or Bul Armory 1911 magazines?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. For Mec-Gar and Bul Armory 1911 magazines, see the 1911 Mec-Gar\/Bul Armory Brass Base Pad.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long does installation take?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Approximately 5 minutes per magazine. Simply replace the factory base pad with this brass base pad.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What material is the base pad made from?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Solid brass, CNC-machined for a precision fit on compatible magazine tubes.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich 1911 magazines does this base pad fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis base pad is designed for Metalform, Dawson Precision, and Tripp 1911 magazines. Please verify your magazine brand before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit Mec-Gar or Bul Armory 1911 magazines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. For Mec-Gar and Bul Armory 1911 magazines, see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-mec-gar-bul-armory-brass-magazine-base-pad\"\u003e1911 Mec-Gar\/Bul Armory Brass Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does installation take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 5 minutes per magazine. Simply replace the factory base pad with this brass base pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat material is the base pad made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSolid brass, CNC-machined for a precision fit on compatible magazine tubes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Gold Plated Single Base Pad","offer_id":32808820637777,"sku":"0103-GLD-BBP","price":29.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blackened Brass Single Base Pad","offer_id":32808820670545,"sku":"0103-BLK-BBP","price":29.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Plated Single Base Pad","offer_id":32808820736081,"sku":"0103-CHR-BBP","price":29.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/1911-metalform-dawson-precision-and-tripp-magazine-brass-base-pad-812925.jpg?v=1725173398"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-sp01-mec-gar-magazine-base-pad-ipsc-production-division","title":"CZ 75 SP-01 \u0026 CZ Shadow 2 Mec-Gar Magazine Base Pad","description":"\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLooking for a reliable base pad upgrade for your Mec-Gar CZ 75, SP-01, or Shadow 2 magazines? The CZ 75 SP-01 \u0026amp; CZ Shadow 2 Mec-Gar Magazine Base Pad delivers improved grip, consistent mag drops, and a clean flush fit — purpose-built for Australian IPSC Production and Standard division shooters running Mec-Gar aftermarket magazines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your Mec-Gar magazines with the CZ 75 SP-01 \u0026amp; CZ Shadow 2 Mec-Gar Magazine Base Pad. Designed specifically for Mec-Gar aftermarket magazines used in CZ SP-01 and Shadow 2 pistols, this base pad provides a positive gripping surface, improved mag drop reliability, and a clean flush fit. The essential finishing touch for your Mec-Gar magazine setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMec-Gar Specific Fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed exclusively for Mec-Gar CZ 75 \/ SP-01 \/ Shadow 2 magazines, not factory CZ magazines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Grip Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — Textured base gives you a positive grip during emergency mag pulls and clearances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReliable Mag Drops\u003c\/strong\u003e — Added weight and clean base profile ensure magazines fall free consistently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlush Fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Sits clean and tight on the Mec-Gar magazine body with no rattling or play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Built to survive repeated drops on hard surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBase pads for Mec-Gar magazines are \u003cstrong\u003elegal in IPSC Production and Standard divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e, and USPSA Production and Limited. Ensure the loaded magazine with base pad does not exceed your division's maximum permitted magazine length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMec-Gar CZ 75 magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMec-Gar CZ 75 SP-01 magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot compatible with factory CZ magazines\u003c\/strong\u003e — for factory mags, see our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-plus-zero-extended-magazine-base-pad\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Plus Zero Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Mec-Gar Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy — no tools required. Slide off the existing Mec-Gar base pad and slide the replacement on. Under 1 minute per magazine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-mag-well-aluminium\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Magwell\u003c\/a\u003e — Funnel your Mec-Gar magazines home faster.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-magazine-release-button\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Magazine Release Button\u003c\/a\u003e — Faster mag drops to match your upgraded base pads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-slide-stop\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Slide Stop\u003c\/a\u003e — Complete your controls upgrade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"faq\"\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this base pad fit factory CZ magazines?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. This base pad is designed exclusively for Mec-Gar aftermarket magazines. For factory CZ Shadow 2 magazines, use the Plus Zero Extended Base Pad instead.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this work with Boss Components magwells?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. These base pads are designed to feed through Boss Components magwells on both the SP-01 and Shadow 2.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does this add magazine capacity?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. This is a replacement base pad that maintains the original magazine capacity. For added capacity, see our +2 extended base pad options.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is this base pad legal for IPSC Production division?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, provided the overall loaded magazine length stays within Production division limits. Base pad replacements are a permitted modification in IPSC Production.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this base pad fit factory CZ magazines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This base pad is designed exclusively for Mec-Gar aftermarket magazines. For factory CZ Shadow 2 magazines, use our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-plus-zero-extended-magazine-base-pad\"\u003ePlus Zero Extended Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this work with Boss Components magwells?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. These base pads are designed to feed through Boss Components magwells on both the SP-01 and Shadow 2.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this add magazine capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a replacement base pad that maintains the original magazine capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this base pad legal for IPSC Production division?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, provided the overall loaded magazine length stays within Production division limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":39735136092241,"sku":"0102-BLK-MGB","price":35.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":39735136157777,"sku":"0102-RED-MGBP","price":35.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":39735136223313,"sku":"0102-BLUE-MGBP","price":35.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":39735136354385,"sku":"0102-SLV-MGBP","price":35.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chrome Plated","offer_id":39847145537617,"sku":"0102-CHR-MGBP","price":35.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold Plated","offer_id":39847145570385,"sku":"0102-GLD-MGBP","price":35.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/cz-75-sp-01-cz-shadow-2-mec-gar-magazine-base-pad-548143.jpg?v=1725173433"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-magazine-base-pad-ipsc-standard-division","title":"CZ Shadow 2 Magazine Base Pad | Magwell Ready","description":"\u003cp\u003eIf you're running a Boss Components magwell on your CZ Shadow 2, this is the base pad you need. Precision-machined to work seamlessly with Boss aluminium and brass magwells, it ensures reliable magazine insertion every time — no catching, no fumbling, just clean reloads under match pressure. Available in six anodised colour options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoss Magwell Specific Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Engineered exclusively for perfect fit with Boss Components aluminium and brass magwells\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReliable Magazine Insertion\u003c\/strong\u003e — Precise dimensions ensure your magazines glide into the magwell funnel every time, even on rushed reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Grip Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — Larger base area provides a positive grip point for stripping magazines from pouches and seating them firmly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagazine Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — Protects magazine tube bases from impact damage during drops and reloads on hard surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix Colour Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available in Black, Red, Blue, Silver, Gold, and Chrome anodised finishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis base pad does not add capacity — it is a plus-zero design. Legal for \u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Production, Standard, and Open divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e as well as \u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA Production, Limited, and Open divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e. No capacity concerns in any division.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 factory magazines (with Boss Components magwells installed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e This base pad is designed specifically for use with Boss Components magwells. If you're not running a Boss magwell, see our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-plus-zero-extended-magazine-base-pad\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Plus Zero Extended Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne magazine base pad (price is per unit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy | \u003cstrong\u003eTime:\u003c\/strong\u003e ~2 minutes per magazine | \u003cstrong\u003eTools:\u003c\/strong\u003e None required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the factory base pad, slide on the Boss-compatible base pad, and secure. No special tools or modifications needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuild your complete Boss magwell reload system:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-mag-well-aluminium\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Magwell\u003c\/a\u003e — Lightweight magwell for fast reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-brass-magwell\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Brass Magwell\u003c\/a\u003e — Weight-adding magwell for recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-grips-and-aluminium-mag-well-combos\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Grips \u0026amp; Aluminium Magwell Combo\u003c\/a\u003e — Save with the speed bundle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-stainless-steel-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release\u003c\/a\u003e — Faster mag drops to complete the system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this add magazine capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This is a plus-zero base pad — it replaces the factory base pad without adding rounds. It's legal in all IPSC and USPSA divisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this work without a Boss magwell?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt's designed specifically for Boss magwell dimensions. Without a Boss magwell, we recommend our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-plus-zero-extended-magazine-base-pad\"\u003estandard plus-zero base pad\u003c\/a\u003e instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this fit Mec-Gar magazines?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis base pad is designed for factory CZ Shadow 2 magazines used with Boss magwells. For Mec-Gar magazine base pads, see our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/mec-gar-cz-shadow-2-aluminium-basepad-magwell-compatible\"\u003eMec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Basepad\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/mec-gar-magazine-cz-shadow-2-brass-basepad-magwell-compatible\"\u003eMec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 Brass Basepad\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich magwell should I pair this with — aluminium or brass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAluminium if you want speed and minimal weight. Brass if you want added mass for recoil control. Both work perfectly with this base pad.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black Single Base Pad","offer_id":32896415367249,"sku":"0101-BLK-SP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red Single Base Pad","offer_id":32896415236177,"sku":"0101-RED-SP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue Single Base Pad","offer_id":32896415268945,"sku":"0101-BLUE-SP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver Single Base Pad","offer_id":32896415334481,"sku":"0101-SLV-SP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold Single Base Pad","offer_id":39868571877457,"sku":"0101-GLD-SP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Single Base Pad","offer_id":39868571910225,"sku":"0101-CHR-SP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/cz-shadow-2-magazine-base-pad-ipsc-standard-division-233837.jpg?v=1725173471"},{"product_id":"shooters-hand-towel","title":"Shooters Hand Towel","description":"\u003cp\u003eBoss Components Shooter's Hand Towel: For Practical Shooting Competitors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the fast-paced, high-intensity world of practical shooting, every second counts. Shooters know that staying sharp and maintaining their gear is paramount. That's where the Boss Components Shooter's Hand Towel steps in, providing the ultimate accessory for IPSC, USPSA, and 3-Gun competitors alike. Designed to make your shooting experience more efficient and enjoyable, this hand towel is a must-have addition to your shooting gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from 100% premium cotton: Highly absorbent and durable, the Boss Components Shooter's Hand Towel is designed to stand up to the toughest shooting conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGenerous size: Measuring 350mm x 750mm, the towel is large enough to easily clean your firearms and hands, ensuring you're always ready for the next stage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient hanging loop: Never fumble for a towel again - this handy loop makes it easy to keep your towel within reach at all times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStylish design: With a sleek, modern look, the Boss Components Shooter's Hand Towel is the perfect blend of form and function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine-washable: Keeping your hand towel clean and fresh is a breeze; toss it in the washing machine after a long day at the range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenefits:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain optimal firearm performance: Regularly wiping down your firearm during competition helps prevent dirt, dust, and residue from affecting its performance, ensuring you maintain your competitive edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnhance your grip: Sweaty palms can compromise your grip on your firearm; the highly absorbent towel lets you dry your hands, giving you the perfect hold for precision shooting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect your investment: Proper firearm maintenance is crucial to prolong the life of your equipment; the Boss Components Shooter's Hand Towel ensures you can keep your gear in top condition during competitions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your practical shooting experience and elevate your performance in IPSC, USPSA, and 3-Gun competitions with the Boss Components Shooter's Hand Towel. Don't just shoot like a boss - clean like one too. Get yours today and experience the difference.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32896510623825,"sku":"0100-SHT","price":19.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/shooters-hand-towel-502538.jpg?v=1745396077"},{"product_id":"sti-2011-staccato-mag-well-brass-ipsc-uspsa-open-division","title":"STI 2011 Brass Magwell | IPSC\/USPSA Open","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePremium STI 2011 Brass Magwell - IPSC\/USPSA Open Division\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAchieve lightning-fast magazine changes while adding substantial recoil-reducing weight with our brass magwell designed specifically for STI 2011 and compatible 2011 platforms. This Open Division magwell features an oversized funnel optimized for high-capacity magazines, delivering exceptional reload speed and added weight for improved control - the dual benefit that makes brass the choice of serious Open Division competitors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Brass Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Adds substantial weight for improved recoil control and balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen Division Specific\u003c\/strong\u003e - Oversized funnel optimized for high-capacity Open Division magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSTI Compatible\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect fit for STI 2011 and compatible platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAggressive Chamfering\u003c\/strong\u003e - Deep bevels catch magazines from any angle for foolproof insertion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual Benefit Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fast reloads AND recoil reduction in one component\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by top Open Division shooters worldwide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC and USPSA Open Division competitive shooters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSTI owners seeking dual benefits of speed and weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a complete weight-optimized Open Division race gun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShooters wanting maximum recoil control with fast reload capability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your STI 2011 Open Division Reload System:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximize your Open Division performance with these components:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-staccato-mag-well-aluminium-ipsc-uspsa-open-division\"\u003eSTI 2011 Aluminium Magwell - Open\u003c\/a\u003e - Lightweight alternative for speed-focused builds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-brass-double-stack-open-magazine-base-pad-set\"\u003eSTI 2011 Brass Open Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e - Complete your brass weight system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-aluminium-double-stack-long-magazine-base-pad\"\u003eSTI 2011 Aluminium Open Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e - Lightweight base pad option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full Open Division Race Gun Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your 2011 into an Open Division winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-staccato-red-dot-scope-mount\"\u003e1911\/2011 Red Dot Scope Multi Mount\u003c\/a\u003e - Essential for Open Division optics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-extended-firing-pin\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin\u003c\/a\u003e - Reliable ignition every time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-progressive-recoil-spring\"\u003e1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/a\u003e - Smoother cycling for race guns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e STI 2011 and only \u003cspan style=\"font-size: 10.5pt; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: Aptos; color: #161718; mso-ansi-language: EN-AU; mso-fareast-language: EN-AU; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;\"\u003efits the Staccato XC model\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brass magwell with installation hardware\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid brass construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDivision:\u003c\/strong\u003e IPSC\/USPSA Open Division (optimized for high-capacity magazines)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavyweight option for maximum recoil control\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attaches to frame, approximately 3 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual benefit of lightning-fast reloads AND substantial weight for recoil control\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Brass \/ Black","offer_id":39467160797265,"sku":"099-BRA-BLK","price":189.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Brass \/ Gold Plated","offer_id":39467160731729,"sku":"099-BRA-GLD","price":189.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brass \/ Chrome Plated","offer_id":39467160764497,"sku":"099-BRA-CHR","price":189.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/sti-2011-mag-well-brass-ipscuspsa-open-division-705999.jpg?v=1725173492"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-brass-magwell","title":"CZ Shadow 2 Brass Magwell","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CZ Shadow 2 Brass Magwell is the go-to choice for competitors who want both faster reloads and added weight low on the pistol. Machined from solid brass, this magwell funnels magazines into the grip with a generous flared opening while adding meaningful mass below the trigger guard — lowering your centre of gravity for reduced muzzle flip and faster follow-up shots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Brass Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Adds significant weight to the base of the grip, lowering the pistol's centre of gravity for better balance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Funnel\u003c\/strong\u003e — Wide flared opening guides magazines home even on sloppy reloads under match pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Muzzle Flip\u003c\/strong\u003e — Extra weight below the bore axis helps keep the muzzle flat between shots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision CNC Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e — Tight tolerances for a flush, rattle-free fit against the grip frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMagwells are \u003cstrong\u003elegal in IPSC Standard and Open divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e, and USPSA Limited and Open. They are \u003cstrong\u003enot legal for IPSC Production\u003c\/strong\u003e — the Production division prohibits external magwell funnels that extend beyond the original grip profile. Check your specific division rules before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x CZ Shadow 2 Brass Magwell\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy. Remove the existing grip panels, position the magwell on the frame, and secure with the included hardware. Refit grip panels. Under 10 minutes with a standard screwdriver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSave with the bundle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRunning brass grips too? Get the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-brass-magwell-palm-swell-grips-bundle\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Brass Magwell + Palm Swell Grips Bundle\u003c\/a\u003e and save versus buying separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMagwell-cut grips for this magwell\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-brass-palm-swell-grips-magwell-cut\"\u003eBrass Palm Swell Grips (Magwell Cut)\u003c\/a\u003e — maximum weight, hand-filling profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-brass-flat-grips-magwell-cut\"\u003eBrass Flat Grips (Magwell Cut)\u003c\/a\u003e — maximum weight, slim profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-g10-palm-swell-grips-magwell-compatible\"\u003eG10 Short Grips (Magwell Ready)\u003c\/a\u003e — lightweight grip option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-magazine-base-pad-ipsc-standard-division\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Magwell-Ready Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e — base pads designed to feed through this magwell.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-stainless-steel-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release\u003c\/a\u003e — faster mag drops to complement your magwell.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference between the Brass and Aluminium magwell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-mag-well-aluminium\"\u003eAluminium Magwell\u003c\/a\u003e gives you the reload funnel without adding significant mass. The Brass Magwell adds both the funnel and meaningful weight for better recoil management. Choose brass if you want the weight advantage; aluminium if you want to keep the pistol lighter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the brass magwell legal for IPSC Production?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Magwells that extend beyond the original grip profile are not permitted in the IPSC Production division. This magwell is designed for Standard, Open, and equivalent divisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill Boss Components base pads work with this magwell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-magazine-base-pad-ipsc-standard-division\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Magwell-Ready base pads\u003c\/a\u003e are specifically designed to feed through Boss magwells.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich grips are compatible with this magwell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Boss Components magwell-cut grip panels — including our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-brass-palm-swell-grips-magwell-cut\"\u003ebrass palm swell\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-brass-flat-grips-magwell-cut\"\u003ebrass flat\u003c\/a\u003e magwell grips — are designed to work with our magwells.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGuides \u0026amp; Resources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/cz-shadow-2-brass-vs-aluminium-magwell-which-wins-in-2026\"\u003eBrass vs aluminium magwell — which wins for your division\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/cz-shadow-2-magwell-installation-guide-step-by-step\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 magwell installation guide — step by step\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Gold Plated","offer_id":32917575663697,"sku":"097-GLD-BMW","price":149.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chrome Plated","offer_id":32917575696465,"sku":"097-CHR-BMW","price":149.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Matte","offer_id":32917575729233,"sku":"097-BLK-BMW","price":149.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/cz-shadow-2-brass-mag-well-672668.jpg?v=1750491207"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-mag-well-aluminium","title":"CZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Magwell","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Magwell gives you a generous reload funnel without adding significant weight to your pistol. CNC machined from aircraft-grade aluminium, this magwell guides magazines into the grip quickly and consistently — turning sloppy reloads into clean insertions every time. The lightweight option for competitors who want faster reloads without changing their pistol's balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight Aluminium Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — All the reload speed benefits of a magwell without meaningfully changing pistol balance or weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Flared Funnel\u003c\/strong\u003e — Wide opening catches magazines and guides them home, even under match pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision CNC Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e — Tight tolerances for a flush, rattle-free fit against the Shadow 2 grip frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Finish Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available in finishes to match your pistol and personal style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with Boss Base Pads\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to work seamlessly with Boss Components magazine base pads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMagwells are \u003cstrong\u003elegal in IPSC Standard and Open divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e, and USPSA Limited and Open. \u003cstrong\u003eNot legal for IPSC Production\u003c\/strong\u003e — Production division rules prohibit external magwell funnels. Choose this magwell for Standard division builds where you want reload speed without the extra weight of brass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x CZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Magwell\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy. Remove grip panels, position the magwell, secure with included hardware, and refit grips. Under 10 minutes with a standard screwdriver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-plus-zero-extended-magazine-base-pad\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Plus Zero Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e — Weighted base pads designed to feed through this magwell.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-g10-grips\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 G10 Grips\u003c\/a\u003e — Lightweight grip upgrade to match your aluminium magwell.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-stainless-steel-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release\u003c\/a\u003e — Faster mag drops for the complete reload system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the Aluminium or Brass magwell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want the reload funnel without adding weight, choose aluminium. If you want both the funnel and extra mass for recoil management, choose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-brass-magwell\"\u003eBrass Magwell\u003c\/a\u003e. Many Standard division shooters prefer aluminium to keep the pistol closer to minimum weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the aluminium magwell legal for IPSC Production?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. External magwell funnels are not permitted in IPSC Production regardless of material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill Boss Components base pads work with this magwell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. All Boss Components CZ Shadow 2 base pads are designed to feed through our magwells.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich grips are compatible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Boss Component magwell grip panels are designed to work with our magwells.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGuides \u0026amp; Resources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/cz-shadow-2-brass-vs-aluminium-magwell-which-wins-in-2026\"\u003eBrass vs aluminium magwell — which wins for your division\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/cz-shadow-2-magwell-installation-guide-step-by-step\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 magwell installation guide — step by step\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/cz-shadow-2-carry-optics-setup-guide-2026-rules-gear-upgrades\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Carry Optics setup guide — rules, gear, upgrades\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":32919777050705,"sku":"096-BLK-MW","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":32919777083473,"sku":"096-SLV-MW","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":32919777116241,"sku":"096-RED-MW","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":32919777181777,"sku":"096-BLU-MW","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":40590185300049,"sku":"096-PUR-MW","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/cz-shadow-2-mag-well-aluminium-577714.jpg?v=1725173469"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-stainless-steel-extended-magazine-release-button","title":"CZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release in stainless steel gives you extra reach where the factory button falls short. Designed for shooters who need to shift their grip to hit the mag release, this extended profile lets you dump magazines with a natural thumb press — no grip adjustment needed. Stainless steel construction means it'll outlast your pistol.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Reach Profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — Additional length brings the release point closer to your natural thumb position, eliminating grip shifts during reloads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless Steel Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Corrosion-resistant and extremely durable, even under heavy competition use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTextured Contact Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — Positive grip even with wet or sweaty hands in match conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaster Reloads\u003c\/strong\u003e — Eliminating the grip adjustment to reach the mag release saves real time on every reload.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Direct replacement for the factory magazine release button.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExtended magazine releases are \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003elegal in Production but are in Standard, Optic, and Open divisions within IPSC\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x CZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release (Stainless Steel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy. Remove one grip panel, push out the magazine release retaining pin, swap the button, and reassemble. Under 5 minutes with basic tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-slide-stop\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Slide Stop\u003c\/a\u003e — Upgraded slide stop to match your improved controls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-mag-well-aluminium\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Magwell\u003c\/a\u003e — Guide magazines into the magwell faster.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-magazine-release-button\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Magazine Release Button\u003c\/a\u003e — Standard-profile alternative if you prefer less extension.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this compare to the standard Magazine Release Button?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe extended version has additional reach — roughly 2–3mm more than the standard replacement. Best for shooters with smaller hands or anyone who currently shifts their grip to hit the mag release.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the extended profile cause accidental magazine drops?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlikely with a proper grip. The extension is designed to bring the button into natural thumb reach, not to protrude excessively. Thousands of competitors run extended releases without accidental drops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs stainless steel heavier than the factory aluminium button?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarginally, but the weight difference is negligible — we're talking fractions of a gram. The durability benefit of stainless steel far outweighs any weight concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this legal for IPSC Production?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Extended magazine releases are explicitly not permitted in IPSC Production division rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGuides \u0026amp; Resources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/best-extended-magazine-release-for-2011-cz-shadow-2-complete-buyers-guide-2026\"\u003eExtended magazine release buyer's guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/how-to-install-an-extended-mag-release-2011-cz-shadow-2-1911-step-by-step-installation-guide-for-uspsa-ipsc-2026\"\u003eHow to install an extended mag release — step by step\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/cz-shadow-2-vs-1911-2011-extended-magazine-releases-uspsa-ipsc-reload-speed-comparison-matrix-2026\"\u003eReload-speed comparison matrix — CZ vs 1911\/2011\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39340554027089,"sku":"095-BLK-MAGREL","price":49.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/cz-shadow-2-stainless-steel-extended-magazine-release-button-177190.jpg?v=1762061927"},{"product_id":"1911-sti-2011-staccato-adjustable-thumbrest","title":"Staccato \/ STI 2011 Adjustable Thumb Rest | 1911 \u0026 2011 Compatible","description":"\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFine-tune your 1911 or 2011 grip with a fully adjustable thumb rest that fits all major platforms. This precision-machined aluminium thumb rest lets you dial in the exact position and angle for your hand size and shooting style — a favourite accessory among IPSC and USPSA competitors seeking personalized ergonomics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium 1911\/2011 Adjustable Thumb Rest - STI Compatible\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomize your shooting experience with our adjustable thumb rest for 1911, STI 2011, and compatible platforms. This precision-engineered accessory allows you to fine-tune thumb placement and angle for your specific hand size and shooting style - providing personalized comfort and control that helps you shoot better and longer in IPSC and USPSA competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Adjustable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Customize position and angle for your specific hand size and shooting style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal 1911\/2011 Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fits all 1911 and 2011 platforms including STI, Staccato, Bul Armory. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePersonalized Ergonomics\u003c\/strong\u003e - Find your perfect thumb placement for maximum comfort and control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e - CNC-milled components for smooth adjustment and secure locking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Built to maintain adjustment through thousands of rounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by IPSC and USPSA shooters seeking customized ergonomics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC and USPSA competitive shooters wanting personalized ergonomics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShooters with unique hand sizes or grip preferences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine-tuning your setup for maximum comfort and control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a fully customized competition pistol\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your 1911\/2011 Ergonomic Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximize comfort and control with these accessories:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-slide-stop-thumb-rest\"\u003e1911\/2011 Slide Stop Thumb Rest\u003c\/a\u003e - Fixed thumb rest option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/large-wide-adjustable-thumb-rest\"\u003e1911\/2011 Large Wide Thumb Rest\u003c\/a\u003e - Maximum surface area for control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-bul-armory-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release\u003c\/a\u003e - Enhanced ergonomics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full Competition Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your 1911\/2011 into a competition winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-staccato-red-dot-scope-mount\"\u003e1911\/2011 Red Dot Scope Multi Mount\u003c\/a\u003e - Add optics for speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-progressive-recoil-spring\"\u003e1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/a\u003e - Smoother cycling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-extended-firing-pin\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin\u003c\/a\u003e - Reliable ignition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e All 1911 and 2011 pistols including Colt, Springfield, Kimber, STI, Staccato, Bul Armory, SVI, Rock Island, and clones\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e One adjustable thumb rest (including Qty 1 M3x8mm screw)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Precision-machined aluminum\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully adjustable for position and angle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attaches to frame Boss Multi Red Dot Mount (or) mount to frame (drilling and tapping will be required by a qualified gunsmith, a shim may be required for 1911 frames) \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully customizable thumb placement for personalized comfort and control\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomics:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust to your exact hand size and shooting style for optimal performance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"faq\"\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How does the thumb rest attach to my pistol?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It attaches to the Boss Components Multi Red Dot Mount. Alternatively, it can be mounted directly to the frame, though this requires drilling and tapping by a qualified gunsmith. A shim may be required for 1911 frames.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What 1911\/2011 platforms is this compatible with?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"All 1911 and 2011 pistols including Colt, Springfield, Kimber, STI, Staccato, Bul Armory, SVI, Rock Island, and clones.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is included in the package?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"One adjustable thumb rest and one M3x8mm mounting screw.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I adjust the position after installation?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The thumb rest is fully adjustable for both position and angle, so you can fine-tune placement for your specific hand size and shooting style.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the thumb rest attach to my pistol?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt attaches to the Boss Components Multi Red Dot Mount. Alternatively, it can be mounted directly to the frame, though this requires drilling and tapping by a qualified gunsmith. A shim may be required for 1911 frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat 1911\/2011 platforms is this compatible with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll 1911 and 2011 pistols including Colt, Springfield, Kimber, STI, Staccato, Bul Armory, SVI, Rock Island, and clones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne adjustable thumb rest and one M3x8mm mounting screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the position after installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The thumb rest is fully adjustable for both position and angle, so you can fine-tune placement for your specific hand size and shooting style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGuides \u0026amp; Resources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/2011-thumb-rest-comparison-adjustable-vs-large-wide-vs-slide-stop-integrated-for-uspsa-limited-carry-optics-open-2026\"\u003e2011 thumb rest comparison — adjustable vs large wide vs slide-stop integrated\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/how-to-install-and-set-up-your-1911-2011-adjustable-thumb-rest\"\u003eHow to install and set up your adjustable thumb rest\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/2011-thumb-rest-guide-install-fit-division-legal-setup-for-staccato-bul-armory-sti-2026\"\u003eDivision-legal thumb rest setup for Staccato, Bul Armory \u0026amp; STI\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":39348158595153,"sku":"094-BLK","price":49.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":39348158431313,"sku":"094-BLUE","price":49.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":39348158464081,"sku":"094-GRN","price":49.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":39348158529617,"sku":"094-RED","price":49.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":39348158562385,"sku":"094-SLV","price":49.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold Plated","offer_id":39380421804113,"sku":"094-GLD","price":54.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chrome Plated","offer_id":39380422230097,"sku":"094-CHR","price":54.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":40588702580817,"sku":"094-PUR","price":49.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/1911sti-2011-adjustable-thumbrest-830574.jpg?v=1725173408"},{"product_id":"ipsc-uspsa-competition-shooting-belt","title":"IPSC\/USPSA Competition Shooting Belt","description":"\u003cp\u003eKeep your holster, magazine pouches, and accessories locked in place stage after stage with the \u003cstrong\u003eIPSC\/USPSA competition shooting belt\u003c\/strong\u003e — a two-belt system (inner + outer) with high torque resistance for controlled rigidity during fast draws and reloads. Available in multiple sizes and colours with an integrated name-card holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-Belt System\u003c\/strong\u003e — Inner belt threads through trouser loops; outer belt attaches via hook-and-loop for rock-solid stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Torque Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stiff construction prevents belt sag and holster shift during fast draws and dynamic movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Plastic Webbing\u003c\/strong\u003e — Weather-resistant webbing maintains rigidity across temperature and humidity changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Name-Card Holder\u003c\/strong\u003e — Keeps competitor identification visible as required at IPSC\/USPSA matches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Sizes \u0026amp; Colours\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available in a range of sizes and colours to suit your preference\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSizing Guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure your waist circumference at the height where you'll wear the belt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd 25cm to your measurement for secure overlap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf between sizes, choose the larger size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccount for competition clothing thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bosscomponents.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eNeed sizing help? Contact us\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Inner belt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Outer belt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Competition Rig\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/magnetic-magazine-pouch\"\u003eMagnetic Magazine Pouch\u003c\/a\u003e — Fast, reliable magazine carrier for any platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/boss-components-range-bag\"\u003eRange Bag\u003c\/a\u003e — Carry your entire competition setup in one bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/shooters-hand-towel\"\u003eShooter's Hand Towel\u003c\/a\u003e — Keep your hands dry between stages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGuides \u0026amp; Resources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/ipsc-uspsa-competition-belt-setup-guide-magnetic-mag-pouches-holsters-equipment-rules-for-1911-2011-cz-shadow-2-tanfoglio-across-production-carry-optics-limited-open-2026\"\u003eHow to set up your IPSC\/USPSA competition belt\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/ipsc-competition-belt-buyers-guide-2026-sizing-setup-competitor-comparison\"\u003eCompetition belt buyer's guide — sizing and setup\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/ipsc-match-day-checklist-2026-gear-maintenance-and-setup\"\u003eIPSC match day checklist — gear, maintenance and setup\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"37\"\/95cm to suit 29\" US Jeans size \/ Black","offer_id":40081138352209,"sku":"092-37-BLK","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"37\"\/95cm to suit 29\" US Jeans size \/ Silver","offer_id":40081138384977,"sku":"092-37-SLV","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"37\"\/95cm to suit 29\" US Jeans size \/ Red","offer_id":40081138417745,"sku":"092-37-RED","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"37\"\/95cm to suit 29\" US Jeans size \/ Deep Purple","offer_id":40930960506961,"sku":"092-37-PUR","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"41\"\/104cm to suit 33\" US Jeans size \/ Black","offer_id":39356100509777,"sku":"092-41-BLK","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"41\"\/104cm to suit 33\" US Jeans size \/ Silver","offer_id":39356100542545,"sku":"092-41-SLV","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"41\"\/104cm to suit 33\" US Jeans size \/ Red","offer_id":39356100575313,"sku":"092-41-RED","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"41\"\/104cm to suit 33\" US Jeans size \/ Deep Purple","offer_id":40930960539729,"sku":"092-41-PUR","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"45\"\/114cm to suit 37\" US Jeans size \/ Black","offer_id":39356100771921,"sku":"092-45-BLK","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"45\"\/114cm to suit 37\" US Jeans size \/ Silver","offer_id":39356100804689,"sku":"092-45-SLV","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"45\"\/114cm to suit 37\" US Jeans size \/ Red","offer_id":39356100837457,"sku":"092-45-RED","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"45\"\/114cm to suit 37\" US Jeans size \/ Deep Purple","offer_id":40930960572497,"sku":"092-45-PUR","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"47\"\/119cm to suit 39\" US Jeans size \/ Black","offer_id":39356100902993,"sku":"092-47-BLK","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"47\"\/119cm to suit 39\" US Jeans size \/ Silver","offer_id":39356100935761,"sku":"092-47-SLV","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"47\"\/119cm to suit 39\" US Jeans size \/ Red","offer_id":39356100968529,"sku":"092-47-RED","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"47\"\/119cm to suit 39\" US Jeans size \/ Deep Purple","offer_id":40930960605265,"sku":"092-47-PUR","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"49\"\/124cm to suit 41\" US Jeans size \/ Black","offer_id":39577179717713,"sku":"092-49-BLK","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"49\"\/124cm to suit 41\" US Jeans size \/ Silver","offer_id":39577179750481,"sku":"092-49-SLV","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"49\"\/124cm to suit 41\" US Jeans size \/ Red","offer_id":39577179783249,"sku":"092-49-RED","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"49\"\/124cm to suit 41\" US Jeans size \/ Deep Purple","offer_id":40930960638033,"sku":"092-49-PUR","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"51\"\/130cm to suit 43\" US Jeans size \/ Black","offer_id":40941208797265,"sku":"092-51-BLK","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"51\"\/130cm to suit 43\" US Jeans size \/ Silver","offer_id":40941208830033,"sku":"092-51-SLV","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"51\"\/130cm to suit 43\" US Jeans size \/ Red","offer_id":40941208862801,"sku":"092-51-RED","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"51\"\/130cm to suit 43\" US Jeans size \/ Deep Purple","offer_id":40941208895569,"sku":"092-51-PUR","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"55\"\/130cm to suit 47\" US Jeans size \/ Black","offer_id":40941208928337,"sku":"092-55-BLK","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"55\"\/130cm to suit 47\" US Jeans size \/ Silver","offer_id":40941208961105,"sku":"092-55-SLV","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"55\"\/130cm to suit 47\" US Jeans size \/ Red","offer_id":40941208993873,"sku":"092-55-RED","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"55\"\/130cm to suit 47\" US Jeans size \/ Deep Purple","offer_id":40941209026641,"sku":"092-55-PUR","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"59\"\/149cm to suit 51\" US Jeans size \/ Black","offer_id":39577179979857,"sku":"092-59-BLK","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"59\"\/149cm to suit 51\" US Jeans size \/ Silver","offer_id":39577180012625,"sku":"092-59-SLV","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"59\"\/149cm to suit 51\" US Jeans size \/ Red","offer_id":39577180045393,"sku":"092-59-RED","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"59\"\/149cm to suit 51\" US Jeans size \/ Deep Purple","offer_id":40930960703569,"sku":"092-59-PUR","price":79.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/ipscuspsa-competition-shooting-belt-165168.jpg?v=1745393136"},{"product_id":"front-sight-installation-removal-tool","title":"Front Sight Installation \u0026 Removal Brass Tool","description":"\u003cp\u003eRemove and install pistol front sights without damage using the \u003cstrong\u003efront sight installation brass removal tool\u003c\/strong\u003e — CNC-machined from brass. Universal design works across a wide range of pistol models with dovetail-mounted front sights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Compatible with a wide range of pistol models using dovetail-mounted front sights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Marring\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to remove and install sights without scratching or damaging your pistol's slide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact \u0026amp; Portable\u003c\/strong\u003e — Small enough to keep in your range bag for on-the-spot sight adjustments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Front sight installation and removal tool (Brass)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Toolkit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-75-pistols-clones-2-in-1-trigger-spring-sear-spring-tool\"\u003eCZ 75 2-in-1 Trigger \u0026amp; Sear Spring Tool\u003c\/a\u003e — Essential CZ maintenance tool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2-piece-threaded-squib-rod\"\u003e2-Piece Threaded Squib Rod\u003c\/a\u003e — Barrel obstruction removal tool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/boss-components-tactical-gun-oil\"\u003eTactical Gun Oil\u003c\/a\u003e — Keep your firearm running smoothly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39443979075665,"sku":"091-SLV","price":14.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/front-sight-installation-removal-tool-467582.jpg?v=1725173473"},{"product_id":"sti-2011-staccato-mag-well-aluminium-ipsc-standard-uspsa-limited-division","title":"STI 2011 Aluminium Magwell | IPSC\/USPSA Limited","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePremium STI 2011 Aluminium Magwell - IPSC\/USPSA Limited Division\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAchieve lightning-fast magazine changes with our lightweight aluminium magwell designed specifically for STI 2011 and compatible 2011 platforms. This Standard and Limited Division magwell features a precision-sized funnel optimized for standard-capacity magazines, delivering exceptional reload speed without adding unnecessary weight - perfect for shooters who prioritize speed and agility in IPSC Standard and USPSA Limited Division.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight Aluminium Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Adds minimal weight while maximizing reload speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard\/Limited Division Specific\u003c\/strong\u003e - Optimized funnel size for standard-capacity magazines in these divisions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSTI compatable\u003c\/strong\u003e- Perfect fit for STI 2011 and compatible platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAggressive Chamfering\u003c\/strong\u003e - Deep bevels catch magazines from any angle for foolproof insertion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard Anodized Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable coating resists wear and maintains appearance through heavy use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by top Standard and Limited Division shooters worldwide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC Standard and USPSA Limited Division competitive shooters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSTI, owners prioritizing speed over weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShooters wanting fast reloads without the weight penalty of brass magwells\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a lightweight, speed-optimized Standard\/Limited Division setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your STI 2011 Standard\/Limited Reload System:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximize your division reload speed with these components:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-staccato-mag-well-brass-ipsc-standard-uspsa-limited-division\"\u003eSTI 2011 Brass Magwell - Standard\/Limited\u003c\/a\u003e - Heavyweight alternative for recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-aluminium-double-stack-magazine-base-pad\"\u003eSTI 2011 Aluminium Standard Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e - Complete your lightweight magazine setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-brass-double-stack-magazine-base-pad-set-ipsc-standard-division\"\u003eSTI 2011 Brass Standard Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e - Weight-adding base pad option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full Standard\/Limited Division Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your 2011 into a division winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-bul-armory-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release\u003c\/a\u003e - Lightning-fast magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-extended-firing-pin\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin\u003c\/a\u003e - Reliable ignition every time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-progressive-recoil-spring\"\u003e1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/a\u003e - Smoother cycling and reduced recoil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e STI 2011 and \u003cspan style=\"font-size: 10.5pt; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: Aptos; color: #161718; mso-ansi-language: EN-AU; mso-fareast-language: EN-AU; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;\"\u003efits only the Staccato XC model\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium magwell with Qty 1 roll pin hardware\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e CNC-machined aluminium with hard anodized finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDivisions:\u003c\/strong\u003e IPSC Standard Division \/ USPSA Limited Division (optimized for standard-capacity magazines)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight option for speed-focused shooters\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attaches to frame, approximately 3 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightning-fast reloads without adding significant weight to your competition pistol\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":39472628760657,"sku":"090-BLK","price":109.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":39472628793425,"sku":"090-SLV","price":109.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":39472628826193,"sku":"090-RED","price":109.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":39472628858961,"sku":"090-BLUE","price":109.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":39472628891729,"sku":"090-GRN","price":109.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":40291091906641,"sku":"090-PUR","price":109.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":59153974886481,"sku":"090-ORG","price":109.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/sti-2011-mag-well-aluminium-ipsc-standarduspsa-limited-division-747532.jpg?v=1725173494"},{"product_id":"sti-2011-staccato-mag-well-aluminium-ipsc-uspsa-open-division","title":"STI 2011 Aluminium Magwell | IPSC\/USPSA Open","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePremium STI 2011 Aluminium Magwell - IPSC\/USPSA Open Division\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAchieve lightning-fast magazine changes with our lightweight aluminium magwell designed specifically for STI 2011 and compatible 2011 platforms. This Open Division magwell features an oversized funnel optimized for high-capacity magazines, delivering exceptional reload speed without adding unnecessary weight - perfect for shooters who prioritize speed and agility in IPSC and USPSA Open Division.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight Aluminium Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Adds minimal weight while maximizing reload speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen Division Specific\u003c\/strong\u003e - Oversized funnel optimized for high-capacity Open Division magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSTI Compatible\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect fit for STI 2011 and compatible platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAggressive Chamfering\u003c\/strong\u003e - Deep bevels catch magazines from any angle for foolproof insertion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard Anodized Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable coating resists wear and maintains appearance through heavy use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by top Open Division shooters worldwide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC and USPSA Open Division competitive shooters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSTI owners prioritizing speed over weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShooters wanting fast reloads without the weight penalty of brass magwells\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a lightweight, speed-optimized Open Division race gun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your STI 2011 Open Division Reload System:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximize your division reload speed with these components:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-staccato-mag-well-brass-ipsc-uspsa-open-division\"\u003eSTI 2011 Brass Magwell - Open\u003c\/a\u003e - Heavyweight alternative for recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-aluminium-double-stack-long-magazine-base-pad\"\u003eSTI 2011 Aluminium Open Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e - Complete your lightweight magazine setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-brass-double-stack-open-magazine-base-pad-set\"\u003eSTI 2011 Brass Open Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e - Weight-adding base pad option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full Open Division Race Gun Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your 2011 into an Open Division winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-staccato-red-dot-scope-mount\"\u003e1911\/2011 Red Dot Scope Multi Mount\u003c\/a\u003e - Essential for Open Division optics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-progressive-recoil-spring\"\u003e1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/a\u003e - Smoother cycling for race guns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-slide-stop-thumb-rest\"\u003e1911\/2011 Slide Stop Thumb Rest\u003c\/a\u003e - Improved recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e STI 2011's and \u003cspan style=\"font-size: 10.5pt; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: Aptos; color: #161718; mso-ansi-language: EN-AU; mso-fareast-language: EN-AU; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;\"\u003efits only the Staccato XC model\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium magwell with Qty 1 roll pin\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e CNC-machined aluminium with hard anodized finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDivision:\u003c\/strong\u003e IPSC\/USPSA Open Division (optimized for high-capacity magazines)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight option for speed-focused shooters\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attaches to frame, approximately 3 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightning-fast reloads without adding significant weight to your race gun\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":39472631349329,"sku":"089-BLK","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":39472631382097,"sku":"089-SLV","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":39472631414865,"sku":"089-RED","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":39472631447633,"sku":"089-BLUE","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":39472631480401,"sku":"089-GRN","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":40291092430929,"sku":"089-PUR","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":59153971675217,"sku":"089-ORG","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/sti-2011-mag-well-aluminium-ipscuspsa-open-division-889347.jpg?v=1725173499"},{"product_id":"svi-infinity-red-dot-scope-mount","title":"SVI Infinity Red Dot Mount | Precision Scope Mount","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePremium SVI Infinity Red Dot Mount - Precision Scope Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTransform your SVI Infinity into an optics-ready race gun with our precision CNC-machined red dot mount. Designed specifically for SVI Infinity 2011 pistols, this mount provides the rock-solid platform you need for consistent red dot performance in IPSC and USPSA Open Division competition. Perfect for serious competitors who demand SVI-specific fit and uncompromising reliability from their race gun optics setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSVI Infinity Specific Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Engineered exclusively for SVI Infinity 2011 pistols with perfect fit and alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCNC Precision Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e - Milled from billet aluminum for zero movement and repeatable zero under recoil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Optic Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e - Accepts popular red dot footprints including RMR, Holosun, Delta Point Pro, and SRO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Profile Height\u003c\/strong\u003e - Optimal sight height for fast target acquisition and natural point of aim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard Anodized Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable coating resists wear, corrosion, and maintains appearance through heavy use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by Open Division race gun shooters worldwide for match-winning performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC and USPSA Open Division shooters with SVI Infinity race guns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpgrading your SVI Infinity to red dot optics for faster target acquisition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a complete competition-ready SVI race gun setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShooters wanting SVI-specific fit vs. universal mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your SVI Infinity Optic Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximize your race gun performance with these complementary upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-bul-armory-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003eExtended Magazine Release Button\u003c\/a\u003e - Lightning-fast magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-progressive-recoil-spring\"\u003e1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/a\u003e - Smoother cycling for race guns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-slide-stop-thumb-rest\"\u003e1911\/2011 Slide Stop Thumb Rest\u003c\/a\u003e - Improved recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full SVI Infinity Race Gun Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTransform your SVI Infinity into an Open Division winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-staccato-mag-well-aluminium-ipsc-uspsa-open-division\"\u003eSTI 2011 Aluminium Magwell - Open\u003c\/a\u003e - Lightning-fast magazine insertion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-extended-firing-pin\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin\u003c\/a\u003e - Reliable ignition every time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/large-wide-adjustable-thumb-rest\"\u003e1911\/2011 Large Wide Thumb Rest\u003c\/a\u003e - Maximum recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e SVI Infinity 2011 pistols | Works with RMR, Holosun, Delta Point Pro, SRO, and other popular red dot footprints\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red dot mount, mounting hardware, installation instructions\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Billet aluminum with hard anodized finish\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDivision:\u003c\/strong\u003e IPSC\/USPSA Open Division (optimized for race gun applications)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Requires slide disassembly, approximately 20 minutes (gunsmith recommended for first-time installation)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e SVI Infinity specific design ensures perfect fit and reliable zero for Open Division race gun performance\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Standard .830\" \/ Gold Plated \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504362635345,"sku":"086-SVI-STD-GLDAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Standard .830\" \/ Chrome Plated \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504362700881,"sku":"086-SVI-STD-CHRMA","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Standard .830\" \/ Black \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504362766417,"sku":"086-SVI-STD-BLKAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Standard .830\" \/ Silver \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504362831953,"sku":"086-SVI-STD-SLVAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Standard .830\" \/ Red \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504362897489,"sku":"086-SVI-STD-REDAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Standard .830\" \/ Blue \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504362963025,"sku":"086-SVI-STD-BLUEAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Standard .830\" \/ Green \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504363028561,"sku":"086-SVI-STD-GREAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Standard .830\" \/ Orange \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504363094097,"sku":"086-SVI-STD-ORAAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Wide .920\" \/ Gold Plated \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504363159633,"sku":"086-SVI-WID-GLDAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Wide .920\" \/ Chrome Plated \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504363225169,"sku":"086-SVI-WID-CHRMAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Wide .920\" \/ Black \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504363290705,"sku":"086-SVI-WID-BLKAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Wide .920\" \/ Silver \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504363356241,"sku":"086-SVI-WID-SLVAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Wide .920\" \/ Red \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504363421777,"sku":"086-SVI-WID-REDAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Wide .920\" \/ Blue \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504363487313,"sku":"086-SVI-WID-BLUEAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Wide .920\" \/ Green \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504363552849,"sku":"086-SVI-WID-GREAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Wide .920\" \/ Orange \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504363618385,"sku":"086-SVI-WID-ORAAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Bianchi 1\" \/ Gold Plated \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504363683921,"sku":"086-SVI-BIA-GLDAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Bianchi 1\" \/ Chrome Plated \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504363749457,"sku":"086-SVI-BIA-CHRMAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Bianchi 1\" \/ Black \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504363814993,"sku":"086-SVI-BIA-BLKAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Bianchi 1\" \/ Silver \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504363880529,"sku":"086-SVI-BIA-SLVAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Bianchi 1\" \/ Red \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504363946065,"sku":"086-SVI-BIA-REDAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Bianchi 1\" \/ Blue \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504364011601,"sku":"086-SVI-BIA-BLUEAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Bianchi 1\" \/ Green \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504364077137,"sku":"086-SVI-BIA-GREAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Bianchi 1\" \/ Orange \/ A - Version","offer_id":39504364142673,"sku":"086-SVI-BIA-ORAAV","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/svi-infinity-red-dot-scope-mount-843429.jpg?v=1725173498"},{"product_id":"bul-armory-1911-2011-red-dot-scope-mount","title":"Bul Armory 1911\/2011 Red Dot Mount | Precision Optic Mount","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMount your favourite red dot optic to any Bul Armory 1911 or 2011 pistol with a CNC-machined billet aluminium red dot mount. This Bul Armory-specific design accepts RMR, Holosun, Delta Point Pro, and SRO footprints for IPSC and USPSA competition across Standard, Limited, and Open divisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium Bul Armory 1911\/2011 Red Dot Scope Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your Bul Armory 1911 or 2011 pistol into an optics-ready competition powerhouse with our precision CNC-machined red dot mount. Designed specifically for Bul Armory pistols, this mount provides the rock-solid platform you need for consistent red dot performance in IPSC and USPSA competition across Standard, Limited, and Open divisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBul Armoury Specific Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Engineered exclusively for Bul Armory 1911 and 2011 pistols with perfect fit and alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCNC Precision Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e - Milled from billet aluminium for zero movement and repeatable zero under recoil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Optic Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e - Accepts popular red dot footprints, including RMR, Holosun, Delta Point Pro, and SRO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Profile Height\u003c\/strong\u003e - Optimal sight height for fast target acquisition and natural point of aim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard Anodized Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable coating resists wear, corrosion, and maintains appearance through heavy use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by Bul Armory shooters worldwide for match-winning performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC and USPSA competitive shooters with Bul Armory 1911\/2011 pistols\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpgrading your Bul Armory to red dot optics for faster target acquisition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a complete competition-ready Bul Armory setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShooters wanting brand-specific fit vs. universal mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your Bul Armoury Optic Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximise your red dot performance with these complementary Bul Armory upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-staccato-red-dot-scope-mount\"\u003e1911\/STI 2011 Red Dot Scope Multi Mount\u003c\/a\u003e - Alternative multi-footprint option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-bul-armory-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003e1911\/STI 2011\/Bul Armoury Extended Magazine Release\u003c\/a\u003e - Lightning-fast reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-extended-firing-pin\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin\u003c\/a\u003e - Reliable ignition for competition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full Bul Armory Competition Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your Bul Armory into a competition winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-aluminium-double-stack-magazine-base-pad\"\u003eSTI 2011\/Bul Armory Aluminium Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e - Enhanced magazine grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-brass-double-stack-open-magazine-base-pad-set\"\u003eSTI 2011\/Bul Armory Brass Open Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e - Open Division base pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-progressive-recoil-spring\"\u003e1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/a\u003e - Smoother cycling and reduced recoil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bul Armory 1911 and 2011 pistols (most models) | Works with RMR, Holosun, Delta Point Pro, SRO, and other popular red dot footprints\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red dot mount, mounting hardware, installation instructions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Billet aluminium with hard anodised finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDivisions:\u003c\/strong\u003e IPSC\/USPSA Standard, Limited, and Open Division compatible\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Requires slide disassembly, approximately 15 minutes (gunsmith recommended for first-time installation)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which Bul Armory pistols does this mount fit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This mount is designed specifically for Bul Armory 1911 and 2011 pistols, all models.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What red dot sights are compatible?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Accepts popular red dot footprints including Trijicon RMR, Holosun, Leupold Delta Point Pro, Trijicon SRO, and other optics with similar footprints.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Do I need a gunsmith for installation?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A gunsmith is recommended for first-time installation. The mount requires slide disassembly and takes approximately 15 minutes to install.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which competition divisions allow this mount?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This mount is compatible with IPSC\/USPSA Standard, Limited, and Open Division rules for divisions that allow optics.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Bul Armory pistols does this mount fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mount is designed specifically for Bul Armory 1911 and 2011 pistols, all models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat red dot sights are compatible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccepts popular red dot footprints, including Trijicon RMR, Holosun, Leupold Delta Point Pro, Trijicon SRO, and other optics with similar footprints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a gunsmith for installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA gunsmith is recommended for first-time installation. The mount requires slide disassembly and takes approximately 15 minutes to install.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich competition divisions allow this mount?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mount is compatible with IPSC\/USPSA Standard, Limited, and Open Division rules for divisions that allow optics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ A Version","offer_id":39504573464657,"sku":"085-BLKAV","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ B Version","offer_id":39637934735441,"sku":"085-BLKBV","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue \/ A Version","offer_id":39504573497425,"sku":"085-BLUEAV","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ B Version","offer_id":39637934768209,"sku":"085-BLUEBV","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ A Version","offer_id":39504574120017,"sku":"085-REDAV","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ B Version","offer_id":39637934800977,"sku":"085-REDBV","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chrome Plated \/ A Version","offer_id":39518388682833,"sku":"085-CHRMAV","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chrome Plated \/ B Version","offer_id":39637934833745,"sku":"085-CHRMBV","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Gold Plated \/ A Version","offer_id":39518389076049,"sku":"085-GLDAV","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold Plated \/ B Version","offer_id":39637934866513,"sku":"085-GLDBV","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Purple \/ A Version","offer_id":59679154634833,"sku":null,"price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple \/ B Version","offer_id":59679154667601,"sku":null,"price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Green \/ A Version","offer_id":59679154700369,"sku":null,"price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Green \/ B Version","offer_id":59679154733137,"sku":null,"price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver \/ A Version","offer_id":59769261359185,"sku":null,"price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Silver \/ B Version","offer_id":59769261391953,"sku":null,"price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/bul-armory-19112011-red-dot-scope-mount-301626.jpg?v=1725173418"},{"product_id":"1911-mec-gar-bul-armory-brass-magazine-base-pad","title":"1911 Mec-Gar\/Bul Armory Brass Magazine Base Pad","description":"\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd weight and grip to your Mec-Gar and Bul Armory 1911 magazines with a CNC-machined solid brass base pad. Designed around Bul Armory pistols using 9mm Mec-Gar magazines, this base pad delivers improved recoil control and a larger gripping surface for faster magazine insertions during IPSC and USPSA competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-start=\"200\" data-end=\"258\"\u003ePremium 1911 Mec-Gar\/BUL Armory Brass Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"260\" data-end=\"594\"\u003eAdd weight and enhance magazine grip with our solid brass magazine base pad for \u003cstrong data-start=\"340\" data-end=\"381\"\u003e1911 Mec-Gar and BUL Armory magazines\u003c\/strong\u003e. This precision-machined brass base pad provides substantial weight for improved recoil control while offering a larger gripping surface for faster magazine insertion during reloads in IPSC and USPSA competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-start=\"984\" data-end=\"1001\"\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"1002\" data-end=\"1550\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1002\" data-end=\"1088\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1004\" data-end=\"1088\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1004\" data-end=\"1032\"\u003eSolid Brass Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Adds weight for improved recoil control and balance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1089\" data-end=\"1194\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1091\" data-end=\"1194\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1091\" data-end=\"1117\"\u003eEnhanced Magazine Grip\u003c\/strong\u003e – Larger surface area provides positive grip for faster magazine insertion\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1195\" data-end=\"1309\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1197\" data-end=\"1309\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1197\" data-end=\"1228\"\u003eMec-Gar\/BUL Armory Specific\u003c\/strong\u003e – Designed for \u003cstrong data-start=\"1244\" data-end=\"1307\"\u003eMec-Gar magazines commonly supplied with BUL Armory pistols\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1310\" data-end=\"1389\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1312\" data-end=\"1389\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1312\" data-end=\"1334\"\u003ePrecision Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e – CNC-milled for perfect fit on compatible magazines\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1390\" data-end=\"1472\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1392\" data-end=\"1472\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1392\" data-end=\"1416\"\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Built to withstand thousands of competition reloads\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1473\" data-end=\"1550\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1475\" data-end=\"1550\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1475\" data-end=\"1497\"\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e – Trusted by 1911 shooters using premium magazines\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-start=\"1552\" data-end=\"1568\"\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"1569\" data-end=\"1811\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1569\" data-end=\"1628\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1571\" data-end=\"1628\"\u003e1911 shooters using \u003cstrong data-start=\"1591\" data-end=\"1626\"\u003eMec-Gar or BUL Armory magazines\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1629\" data-end=\"1687\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1631\" data-end=\"1687\"\u003eAdding weight to magazines for improved recoil control\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1688\" data-end=\"1749\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1690\" data-end=\"1749\"\u003eBuilding a complete weight-optimized 1911 magazine system\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1750\" data-end=\"1811\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1752\" data-end=\"1811\"\u003eUpgrading from factory base pads for enhanced performance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"596\" data-end=\"633\"\u003eCompatibility Note (Please Read):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"633\" data-end=\"636\"\u003eThese base pads were designed around BUL Armory pistols using 9mm Mec-Gar magazines. If you're using other 1911 models—especially with \u003cstrong data-start=\"776\" data-end=\"821\"\u003edifferent or aftermarket magwells\/funnels\u003c\/strong\u003e—this may affect magazine seating\/lock-up. Some setups may prevent the magazine from seating correctly. Please take note and verify fitment before match use. Retention clips not included. Please note: \u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 42, 0);\"\u003eThis will not fit Tripp Cobra magazines\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-start=\"1813\" data-end=\"1851\"\u003eComplete Your 1911 Magazine Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1852\" data-end=\"1890\"\u003eBuild a complete 1911 magazine system:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"1891\" data-end=\"2111\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1891\" data-end=\"1967\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1893\" data-end=\"1967\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1893\" data-end=\"1939\"\u003e1911 Mec-Gar\/BUL Armory Aluminium Base Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e – Lightweight alternative\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1968\" data-end=\"2045\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1970\" data-end=\"2045\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1970\" data-end=\"2016\"\u003e1911 Metalform\/Dawson\/Tripp Brass Base Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e – Alternative brass option\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"2046\" data-end=\"2111\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2048\" data-end=\"2111\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2048\" data-end=\"2087\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release\u003c\/strong\u003e – Fast magazine drops\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-start=\"2113\" data-end=\"2156\"\u003eBuild Your Full 1911 Competition Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2157\" data-end=\"2223\"\u003eTransform your 1911 into a competition winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"2224\" data-end=\"2410\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"2224\" data-end=\"2286\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2226\" data-end=\"2286\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2226\" data-end=\"2265\"\u003e1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/strong\u003e – Smoother cycling\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"2287\" data-end=\"2344\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2289\" data-end=\"2344\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2289\" data-end=\"2322\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin\u003c\/strong\u003e – Reliable ignition\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"2345\" data-end=\"2410\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2347\" data-end=\"2410\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2347\" data-end=\"2382\"\u003e1911\/2011 Slide Stop Thumb Rest\u003c\/strong\u003e – Improved recoil control\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2638\" data-end=\"2922\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2638\" data-end=\"2659\"\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e One brass magazine base pad\u003cbr data-start=\"2687\" data-end=\"2690\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2690\" data-end=\"2703\"\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid brass construction\u003cbr data-start=\"2728\" data-end=\"2731\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2731\" data-end=\"2748\"\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces factory base pad, approximately 5 minutes per magazine\u003cbr data-start=\"2812\" data-end=\"2815\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2815\" data-end=\"2831\"\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds weight for improved recoil control while enhancing magazine grip for faster reloads\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2924\" data-end=\"3090\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2924\" data-end=\"2938\"\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for \u003cstrong data-start=\"2952\" data-end=\"2978\"\u003eMec-Gar and BUL Armory\u003c\/strong\u003e magazines—verify magazine brand before purchase. If you run a different model or magwell, \u003cstrong data-start=\"3069\" data-end=\"3089\"\u003efitment may vary\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"faq\"\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which magazines does this base pad fit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Designed for 1911 Mec-Gar and Bul Armory magazines. These were designed around Bul Armory pistols using 9mm Mec-Gar magazines. Verify your magazine brand before purchase.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this work with aftermarket magwells or funnels?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"If you are using other 1911 models with different or aftermarket magwells\/funnels, this may affect magazine seating and lock-up. Please verify fitment before match use.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Are retention clips included?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. Retention clips are not included with this base pad.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long does installation take?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Approximately 5 minutes per magazine. Simply replace the factory base pad with the brass base pad.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich magazines does this base pad fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for 1911 Mec-Gar and Bul Armory magazines. These were designed around Bul Armory pistols using 9mm Mec-Gar magazines. Verify your magazine brand before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this work with aftermarket magwells or funnels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are using other 1911 models with different or aftermarket magwells\/funnels, this may affect magazine seating and lock-up. Please verify fitment before match use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre retention clips included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Retention clips are not included with this base pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does installation take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 2 minutes per magazine. Simply replace the factory base pad with the brass base pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Gold Plated","offer_id":39730334990417,"sku":"084-GLD","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polished Black","offer_id":39730335023185,"sku":"084 - PBLK","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chrome Plated","offer_id":39730335055953,"sku":"084 - CHR","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/1911-mec-garbul-armory-brass-magazine-base-pad-600688.jpg?v=1725173398"},{"product_id":"1911-mec-gar-bul-armory-aluminium-magazine-base-pad","title":"1911 Mec-Gar\/Bul Armory Aluminium Magazine Base Pad","description":"\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtect and enhance your Mec-Gar and Bul Armory 1911 magazines with a lightweight aluminium base pad. CNC-machined with a hard anodized finish, this base pad provides a larger gripping surface and impact protection without adding unnecessary weight — ideal for speed-focused IPSC and USPSA competitors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium 1911 Mec-Gar\/Bul Armory Aluminium Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtect your magazines and enhance grip with our lightweight aluminium magazine base pad for 1911 Mec-Gar and Bul Armory magazines. This precision-machined base pad provides a larger gripping surface for faster magazine insertion without adding unnecessary weight - perfect for shooters who prioritize speed and agility in IPSC and USPSA competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight Aluminium Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Adds minimal weight while maximizing reload speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Magazine Grip\u003c\/strong\u003e - Larger surface area provides positive grip for faster magazine insertion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMec-Gar\/Bul Armory Specific\u003c\/strong\u003e - Designed for Mec-Gar and Bul Armory 1911 magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagazine Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e - Protects the magazine base from impact damage during drops and reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard Anodized Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable coating resists wear and maintains appearance through heavy use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by 1911 shooters using premium magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1911 shooters using 9mm Mec-Gar or Bul Armory magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtecting valuable magazines from impact damage during competition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproving magazine grip for faster, more reliable reloads without a weight penalty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a lightweight, speed-optimized 1911 setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your 1911 Magazine Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuild a complete 1911 magazine system:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-mec-gar-bul-armory-brass-magazine-base-pad\"\u003e1911 Mec-Gar\/Bul Armory Brass Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e - Weight-adding alternative\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-metalform-dawson-precision-and-tripp-magazine-brass-base-pad\"\u003e1911 Metalform\/Dawson\/Tripp Brass Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e - Alternative brass option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-bul-armory-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release\u003c\/a\u003e - Fast magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full 1911 Competition Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your 1911 into a competition winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-progressive-recoil-spring\"\u003e1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/a\u003e - Smoother cycling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-extended-firing-pin\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin\u003c\/a\u003e - Reliable ignition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-staccato-red-dot-scope-mount\"\u003e1911\/2011 Red Dot Scope Multi Mount\u003c\/a\u003e - Add optics for speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1911 Mec-Gar and Bul Armory magazines (verify magazine brand before purchase). Please note: \u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 42, 0);\"\u003eThis will not fit Tripp Cobra magazines\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e One aluminium magazine base pad, no retention clips supplied\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e CNC-machined aluminium with hard anodized finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight option for speed-focused shooters\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces factory base pad, approximately 2 minutes per magazine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhanced magazine grip and protection without adding significant weight\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for Mec-Gar and Bul Armory brand magazines - verify your magazine brand before purchase\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"faq\"\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which magazines is this base pad designed for?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This base pad is designed for 1911 Mec-Gar and Bul Armory magazines. Please verify your magazine brand before purchase.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does this base pad add capacity to my magazine?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. This is a replacement base pad that maintains original magazine capacity while improving grip and providing impact protection.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Are retention clips included?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. Retention clips are not supplied with this base pad.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How does the aluminium base pad compare to the brass version?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The aluminium base pad adds minimal weight and is ideal for speed-focused setups. For added weight and recoil control benefits, see the 1911 Mec-Gar\/Bul Armory Brass Base Pad.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich magazines is this base pad designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis base pad is designed for 1911 Mec-Gar and Bul Armory magazines. Please verify your magazine brand before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this base pad add capacity to my magazine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a replacement base pad that maintains original magazine capacity while improving grip and providing impact protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre retention clips included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Retention clips are not supplied with this base pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the aluminium base pad compare to the brass version?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe aluminium base pad adds minimal weight and is ideal for speed-focused setups. For added weight and recoil control benefits, see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-mec-gar-bul-armory-brass-magazine-base-pad\"\u003e1911 Mec-Gar\/Bul Armory Brass Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":39730385748049,"sku":"083-BLK","price":24.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":39730385780817,"sku":"083-BLU","price":24.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":39730385813585,"sku":"083-RED","price":24.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/1911-mec-garbul-armory-aluminium-magazine-base-pad-803538.jpg?v=1725173398"},{"product_id":"shadow-2-cz-75-pistol-series-model-grip-screws","title":"CZ Shadow 2 Grip Screws | Stainless Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003eReplace your worn or stripped CZ grip screws with precision-engineered stainless steel replacements designed specifically for the CZ Shadow 2 and CZ-75 pistol series. These screws provide a secure, rattle-free fit that won't loosen under recoil — an essential small detail that competitive shooters can't afford to overlook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless Steel Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — High-grade stainless steel resists corrosion, stripping, and wear far better than factory screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel-Specific Threading\u003c\/strong\u003e — Machined to exact CZ specifications for a precise, secure fit with zero play\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWon't Loosen Under Recoil\u003c\/strong\u003e — Engineered to maintain torque through thousands of rounds of competition use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHex Drive Head\u003c\/strong\u003e — Clean, positive engagement reduces cam-out and stripped heads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEssential Spare Part\u003c\/strong\u003e — Keep a set in your range bag so a lost screw never ends your match day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrip screws are a permitted replacement part in \u003cstrong\u003eall IPSC divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e (Production, Standard, Open) and \u003cstrong\u003eall USPSA divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e (Production, Limited, Open). No restrictions apply to aftermarket grip screw replacements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 (all variants)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ 75 series (CZ 75 B, CZ 75 SP-01, CZ 75 Compact)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ 75 SP-01 Shadow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e These screws fit the standard CZ 75\/Shadow 2 grip screw pattern. Verify your model uses standard CZ grip screws before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete set of grip screws for one pistol\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy | \u003cstrong\u003eTime:\u003c\/strong\u003e ~2 minutes | \u003cstrong\u003eTools:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hex key or screwdriver\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove old grip screws, position grip panels, and install new screws. Tighten firmly but don't overtorque. Apply a small drop of thread locker if desired for extra security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair these screws with premium CZ Shadow 2 grips:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-carbide-palm-swell-grips\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Carbide Grips\u003c\/a\u003e — Aggressive texture for maximum control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-g10-grips\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 G10 Grips\u003c\/a\u003e — Lightweight and durable competition grips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-brass-grips\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Brass Grips\u003c\/a\u003e — Add weight for recoil management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-mag-well-aluminium\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Magwell\u003c\/a\u003e — Faster reloads with magwell funnel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many screws are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA complete set for one pistol — enough to secure both grip panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill these fit aftermarket grips?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. All Boss Components CZ Shadow 2 grips (Carbide, G10, Brass) use the standard CZ grip screw pattern and work with these screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need thread locker?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOptional but recommended for competition use. A small drop of blue (medium-strength) thread locker prevents loosening under sustained recoil without making future removal difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these the same screws that come with Boss grips?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoss grips are sold without screws. These are the recommended companion product for any grip upgrade.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39735965089873,"sku":"082-STD","price":7.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/shadow-2-cz-75-pistol-series-model-grip-screws-646905.jpg?v=1725173481"},{"product_id":"case-gauge-ammo-checker-lid-9mm-38-super-40-cal","title":"9mm Pocket Case Gauge | Ammo Checker with Lid","description":"\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck 100 rounds of 9mm ammunition at once with a precision-machined \u003cstrong\u003epocket case gauge\u003c\/strong\u003e built to SAAMI specifications. This aircraft-grade aluminium tray with flip lid fits standard MTM-style ammo boxes — the fastest way to batch-verify your reloads before match day for IPSC, USPSA, and 3-Gun competition in Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e9mm Case Gauge Ammo Checker \u0026amp; Lid – 100 Round\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEliminate guesswork from your reloading process with the \u003cstrong\u003eBoss Components 100-Round 9mm Case Gauge Ammo Checker\u003c\/strong\u003e. Purpose-built for precision shooters in \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ipsc-accessories-australia-competition-shooting-equipment-gear\"\u003eIPSC\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ipsc-accessories-australia-competition-shooting-equipment-gear\"\u003eUSPSA\u003c\/a\u003e, and 3-Gun, this essential tool ensures every round you chamber meets the highest standards of fit and function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalibre Specific:\u003c\/strong\u003e Precision machined exclusively for 9mm cartridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSAAMI Spec Accuracy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Conforms to SAAMI maximum cartridge dimensions for reliable case checking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Build:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crafted from aircraft-grade aluminium for uncompromising durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Capacity Format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to fit 100-round MTM-style ammo boxes\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlip Tray Lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick round transfer for reloading efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZero Surprises:\u003c\/strong\u003e Detects out-of-spec cases before match day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeak Reliability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Minimises misfires, jams, and feeding issues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConsistent Performance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirms cartridge uniformity under competition pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTime-Saving:\u003c\/strong\u003e Speeds up ammo checks with a bulk-format solution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfidence Builder:\u003c\/strong\u003e A must-have tool for any dedicated 9mm reloader\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're prepping for nationals or a club match, the \u003cstrong\u003e9mm Case Gauge Ammo Checker \u0026amp; Lid\u003c\/strong\u003e is built to streamline your process and boost your confidence. Trusted by competitive shooters across Australia and beyond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shooting-accessories\"\u003eExplore our reloading tools\u003c\/a\u003e for more match-grade accessories, or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ipsc-accessories-australia-competition-shooting-equipment-gear\"\u003egear up with IPSC\/USPSA competition-ready components\u003c\/a\u003e that give you the edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"faq\"\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many rounds can this 9mm pocket case gauge check at once?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This case gauge checks up to 100 rounds simultaneously. Simply load your rounds into the tray, and any out-of-spec cases will sit proud above the gauge surface for instant identification.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between this 100-round gauge and the single case gauge?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The single case gauge checks one round at a time for quick spot-checks. This 100-round pocket gauge checks an entire batch simultaneously, making it far more efficient for high-volume pre-match ammunition verification.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What material is the 9mm pocket case gauge made from?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Crafted from aircraft-grade aluminium for uncompromising durability. Precision-machined to SAAMI maximum cartridge dimensions for accurate case checking.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the flip tray lid fit standard ammo boxes?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The gauge is designed to fit standard 100-round MTM-style ammo boxes, allowing quick round transfer between the gauge tray and your ammo storage.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use this gauge for .38 Super or .40 calibre rounds?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. This pocket gauge is precision-machined exclusively for 9mm (9x19mm Parabellum) cartridges. For other calibres, see the single case gauge which is available in 9mm, .38 Super, and .40 Cal variants.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many rounds can this 9mm pocket case gauge check at once?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis case gauge checks up to 100 rounds simultaneously. Simply load your rounds into the tray, and any out-of-spec cases will sit proud above the gauge surface for instant identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between this 100-round gauge and the single case gauge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/9mm-case-gauge-ammo-checker-tool\"\u003esingle case gauge\u003c\/a\u003e checks one round at a time for quick spot-checks. This 100-round pocket gauge checks an entire batch simultaneously, making it far more efficient for high-volume pre-match ammunition verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat material is the 9mm pocket case gauge made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from aircraft-grade aluminium for uncompromising durability. Precision-machined to SAAMI maximum cartridge dimensions for accurate case checking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the flip tray lid fit standard ammo boxes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The gauge is designed to fit standard 100-round MTM-style ammo boxes, allowing quick round transfer between the gauge tray and your ammo storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this gauge for .38 Super or .40 calibre rounds?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This pocket gauge is precision-machined exclusively for 9mm (9x19mm Parabellum) cartridges. For other calibres, see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/9mm-case-gauge-ammo-checker-tool\"\u003esingle case gauge\u003c\/a\u003e which is available in 9mm, .38 Super, and .40 Cal variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":39843710664785,"sku":"081-BLK","price":198.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":42393584762961,"sku":"081-ORG","price":198.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":42393584795729,"sku":"081-RED","price":198.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":42393584828497,"sku":"081-GRN","price":198.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":42393584861265,"sku":"081-PUR","price":198.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/100-pocket-case-gauge-ammo-checker-lid-9mm-982750.jpg?v=1745485937"},{"product_id":"extended-cz-shadow-2-sp01-mec-gar-magazine-base-pad-2","title":"CZ Shadow 2 \u0026 CZ 75 SP-01 Mec-Gar +2 Magazine Base Pad","description":"\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBoss Components CZ Shadow 2 \u0026amp; CZ 75 SP-01 Mec-Gar +2 Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is precision machined to provide a reliable \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e+2 round capacity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e for Mec-Gar magazines while delivering the durability and performance demanded by competition shooters. Designed for IPSC, USPSA and practical shooting, this lightweight aluminium base pad offers a secure fit, fast installation, and dependable feeding.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eManufactured from high-grade aluminium and finished with a durable hard-anodised coating, the Boss Components +2 Magazine Base Pad is built to withstand the rigours of competition while maintaining a premium appearance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul data-spread=\"false\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eAdds \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e+2 round capacity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e to compatible Mec-Gar magazines\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePrecision machined from high-grade aluminium\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDurable hard-anodised finish for long-lasting wear resistance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLightweight design with exceptional strength\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuick and easy installation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned and manufactured by Boss Components\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompetition Use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for IPSC, USPSA and practical shooting disciplines. Always ensure your magazine complies with the capacity and length requirements of your chosen division before competition.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-spread=\"false\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 magazines\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMec-Gar CZ 75 SP-01 magazines\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBoss Components Magazine Retention Clip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNot Compatible with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-spread=\"false\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFactory CZ magazines that are not manufactured by Mec-Gar\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMagazine tubes from other manufacturers unless otherwise specified\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul data-spread=\"false\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e1 × Boss Components CZ Shadow 2 \u0026amp; CZ 75 SP-01 Mec-Gar +2 Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1 x Retention Clip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhich magazines does this base pad fit?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIt is designed specifically for \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMec-Gar CZ Shadow 2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e and \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCZ 75 SP-01\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e OEM magazines.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHow many rounds does it add?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe base pad increases magazine capacity by \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e+2 rounds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e when used with compatible Mec-Gar magazines.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIs this suitable for IPSC and USPSA competition?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYes. It has been designed for competition use; however, competitors should always check that their magazine configuration complies with the rules of their chosen division.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDoes this work with the Boss Components Magwell?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo. These are not magwell compatible.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIs installation difficult?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo. The base pad is designed for quick installation using the supplied retaining clip and fits directly onto compatible Mec-Gar magazine tubes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Gold Single Base Pad","offer_id":39950407073873,"sku":"080-GLD","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chrome Single Base Pad","offer_id":39950407106641,"sku":"080-CHR","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Single Base Pad","offer_id":39950407139409,"sku":"080-BLK","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue Single Base Pad","offer_id":39950407172177,"sku":"080-BLU","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red Single Base Pad","offer_id":39950407237713,"sku":"080-RED","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/cz-75-sp-01-cz-shadow-2-mec-gar-magazine-base-pad-2-681465.jpg?v=1725173473"},{"product_id":"1911-metalform-magazine-bumper-base-pad","title":"1911 Metalform Magazine Base Pad | Bumper Style","description":"\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtect your Metalform 1911 magazines from impact damage with a CNC-machined bumper base pad that doubles as a grip enhancer. This precision-fitted bumper provides a larger gripping surface for faster magazine insertions while shielding your valuable Metalform magazines through thousands of competition reloads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium 1911 Metalform Magazine Bumper Base Pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProtect your valuable Metalform magazines and enhance grip with our durable bumper base pad for 1911 Metalform magazines. This precision-machined base pad provides superior impact protection during drops while offering a larger gripping surface for faster magazine insertion - essential for competitive shooters who rely on premium Metalform magazines in IPSC and USPSA competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuperior Impact Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable bumper design protects magazine base from damage during drops and reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Magazine Grip\u003c\/strong\u003e - Larger surface area provides positive grip for faster magazine insertion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetalform Specific Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Engineered exclusively for Metalform 1911 magazines with perfect fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e - CNC-milled for exact fit on Metalform magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Built to withstand thousands of competition reloads and magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by 1911 shooters using premium Metalform magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1911 shooters using Metalform magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtecting valuable premium magazines from impact damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproving magazine grip for faster, more reliable reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing worn or damaged factory Metalform base pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your 1911 Metalform Magazine Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuild a complete Metalform magazine system:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-metalform-dawson-precision-and-tripp-magazine-brass-base-pad\"\u003e1911 Metalform\/Dawson\/Tripp Brass Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e - Weight-adding brass option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-bul-armory-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release\u003c\/a\u003e - Fast magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-screws-bushings\"\u003e1911 Hex Grip Screw \u0026amp; Bushing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e - Essential hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full 1911 Competition Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTransform your 1911 into a competition winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-progressive-recoil-spring\"\u003e1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/a\u003e - Smoother cycling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-extended-firing-pin\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin\u003c\/a\u003e - Reliable ignition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-slide-stop-thumb-rest\"\u003e1911\/2011 Slide Stop Thumb Rest\u003c\/a\u003e - Improved recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1911 Metalform magazines (verify magazine brand before purchase)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e One bumper base pad\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable composite construction\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces factory base pad, approximately 2 minutes per magazine\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Superior impact protection for valuable Metalform magazines with enhanced grip\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed specifically for Metalform brand magazines - verify your magazine brand before purchase\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"faq\"\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which magazines does this base pad fit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Designed specifically for Metalform 1911 magazines. Verify your magazine brand before purchase.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does this add capacity to my magazine?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. This is a replacement base pad that maintains original magazine capacity while improving grip and providing impact protection.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What material is this made from?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Durable composite construction, CNC-milled for exact fit on Metalform magazines.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long does installation take?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Approximately 2 minutes per magazine. Simply replace the factory base pad.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich magazines does this base pad fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned specifically for Metalform 1911 magazines. Verify your magazine brand before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this add capacity to my magazine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a replacement base pad that maintains original magazine capacity while improving grip and providing impact protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat material is this made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDurable composite construction, CNC-milled for exact fit on Metalform magazines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does installation take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 2 minutes per magazine. Simply replace the factory base pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":40069062590545,"sku":"078-BLK","price":36.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":40069062623313,"sku":"078-BLU","price":36.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":40069062656081,"sku":"078-RED","price":36.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":40069062688849,"sku":"078-SLV","price":36.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/1911-metalform-magazine-bumper-base-pad-903680.jpg?v=1725173398"},{"product_id":"cz-75-pistols-clones-2-in-1-trigger-spring-sear-spring-tool","title":"CZ 75 2-in-1 Trigger \u0026 Sear Spring Tool","description":"\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake the frustration out of CZ 75 trigger work with the Boss Components 2-in-1 Trigger \u0026amp; Sear Spring Installation Tool. This dual-purpose tool handles both trigger spring and sear spring installation on all CZ 75 platform pistols — including Shadow 2, SP-01, and Tanfoglio clones — cutting install time from 20+ minutes to under 5 while preventing spring damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe CZ 75 2-in-1 Trigger \u0026amp; Sear Spring Tool takes the pain out of spring installation on all CZ 75 platform pistols. This dual-purpose tool handles both trigger spring and sear spring jobs in one compact unit, preventing spring damage and cutting your install time from frustrating to finished in minutes. Essential kit for any competitor or gunsmith working on CZ triggers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-Purpose Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — One tool covers both trigger spring and sear spring installation, so you only need one instrument on your bench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrevents Spring Damage\u003c\/strong\u003e — Correct leverage and alignment means no more bent or kinked springs during installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal CZ 75 Platform Fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Works across the full CZ 75 family including clones like Tanfoglio, Phoenix, and Sphinx.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSaves Serious Time\u003c\/strong\u003e — What normally takes 20+ minutes of fumbling becomes a 5-minute job.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Built to handle hundreds of spring swaps without wearing out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an installation tool, not a firearm component — it does not stay on the pistol and has no impact on division legality. Use it freely for any IPSC or USPSA division including Production, Standard, Classic, and Open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ 75 \/ CZ 75 B \/ CZ 75 BD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ 75 SP-01 \/ SP-01 Shadow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 1 \/ CZ Shadow 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ 75 Compact models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanfoglio, Phoenix, Sphinx, and other CZ 75 clones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x CZ 75 2-in-1 Trigger \u0026amp; Sear Spring Installation Tool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beginner-friendly. No prior gunsmithing experience needed — the tool guides spring placement naturally. Typical spring swap takes under 5 minutes. Recommended for anyone replacing trigger springs, sear springs, or performing trigger work on CZ 75 platform pistols.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-extended-firing-pin-for-all-cz-75-cz-sp-01-cz-shadow-models\"\u003eCZ Extended Firing Pin\u003c\/a\u003e — Reliable light-primer ignition after trigger spring changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-75-shadow-2-progressive-recoil-spring\"\u003eCZ 75\/Shadow 2 Progressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/a\u003e — Smoother cycling and softer felt recoil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-slide-stop\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Slide Stop\u003c\/a\u003e — Upgraded slide lock for faster manipulations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"faq\"\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this tool work on my Tanfoglio or CZ clone?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The tool fits all pistols built on the CZ 75 pattern, including Tanfoglio, Phoenix, and Sphinx models.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Do I need any other tools to change my trigger spring?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"You'll need basic disassembly tools (punch set, screwdriver) to strip the frame, but this tool handles the actual spring installation — the hardest part of the job.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use this for both trigger spring and sear spring in the same session?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Absolutely. The dual-purpose design lets you do both jobs back-to-back without switching tools.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will changing my trigger spring affect division legality?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Spring changes are permitted in all major IPSC and USPSA divisions. The springs themselves must be standard design (coil springs) — this tool simply makes installation easier.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long does a spring installation take with this tool?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Most users complete a spring swap in under 5 minutes, compared to 20+ minutes wrestling springs by hand.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this tool work on my Tanfoglio or CZ clone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The tool fits all pistols built on the CZ 75 pattern, including Tanfoglio, Phoenix, and Sphinx models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need any other tools to change my trigger spring?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll need basic disassembly tools (punch set, screwdriver) to strip the frame, but this tool handles the actual spring installation — the hardest part of the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this for both trigger spring and sear spring in the same session?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The dual-purpose design lets you do both jobs back-to-back without switching tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill changing my trigger spring affect division legality?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpring changes are permitted in all major IPSC and USPSA divisions. The springs themselves must be standard design (coil springs) — this tool simply makes installation easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does a spring installation take with this tool?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost users complete a spring swap in under 5 minutes, compared to 20+ minutes wrestling springs by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40154150043729,"sku":"077-STD","price":75.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/cz-75-pistolsclones-2-in-1-trigger-spring-sear-spring-tool-515577.jpg?v=1745552394"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-slide-stop","title":"CZ Shadow 2 Slide Stop","description":"\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your CZ Shadow 2 slide stop for faster, more positive slide manipulations during IPSC and USPSA competition. This precision-machined drop-in replacement delivers improved thumb engagement and tighter tolerances than the factory part — helping Australian competition shooters get back into action faster after reloads and malfunctions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your CZ Shadow 2 slide stop for faster, more deliberate slide manipulations under match pressure. This precision-machined replacement provides a crisper engagement surface and improved ergonomics over the factory part — helping you get back into action faster after slide-lock reloads and malfunction clearances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Ergonomics\u003c\/strong\u003e — Refined profile gives your thumb a more positive engagement surface for deliberate slide releases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e — Tighter tolerances than factory for consistent, reliable slide lock on empty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Built to withstand the repetitive impact of competition use over thousands of rounds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Drop-In Replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e — Exact factory dimensions mean no fitting or modification needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition-Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed for the demands of IPSC and USPSA match shooting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe slide stop is a direct replacement part and is \u003cstrong\u003elegal in IPSC Production, Standard, and Open divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e. Also compliant with USPSA Production, Limited, and Open. As a like-for-like replacement of a factory component, it meets all scrutineering requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x CZ Shadow 2 Slide Stop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy. Field strip the pistol, push out the factory slide stop, and insert the replacement. No special tools required — takes under 5 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-magazine-release-button\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Magazine Release Button\u003c\/a\u003e — Faster mag drops for quicker reloads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-stainless-steel-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release\u003c\/a\u003e — Even more reach for shooters with smaller hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-extended-firing-pin-for-all-cz-75-cz-sp-01-cz-shadow-models\"\u003eCZ Extended Firing Pin\u003c\/a\u003e — Reliable ignition after trigger spring upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"faq\"\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will the CZ Shadow 2 slide stop fit the original CZ Shadow 1?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. This slide stop is specifically designed for the CZ Shadow 2 and Shadow 2 Orange. The Shadow 1 uses a different slide stop profile.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is the CZ Shadow 2 slide stop legal for IPSC Production division?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. Replacement slide stops are permitted in IPSC Production as they are a like-for-like replacement of a factory component.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Do I need to detail strip the CZ Shadow 2 to install the slide stop?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. A basic field strip is sufficient. Remove the slide, swap the slide stop, and reassemble. Takes under 5 minutes with no special tools.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between this and the factory CZ Shadow 2 slide stop?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Improved surface geometry for a more positive thumb engagement, and tighter machining tolerances for more consistent lock-back on empty magazines.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the CZ Shadow 2 slide stop fit the original CZ Shadow 1?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This slide stop is specifically designed for the CZ Shadow 2 and Shadow 2 Orange. The Shadow 1 uses a different slide stop profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the CZ Shadow 2 slide stop legal for IPSC Production division?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Replacement slide stops are permitted in IPSC Production as they are a like-for-like replacement of a factory component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to detail strip the CZ Shadow 2 to install the slide stop?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. A basic field strip is sufficient. Remove the slide, swap the slide stop, and reassemble.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between this and the factory CZ Shadow 2 slide stop?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImproved surface geometry for a more positive thumb engagement, and tighter machining tolerances for more consistent lock-back on empty magazines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Carbon Steel","offer_id":40255640830033,"sku":"076-STD","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/cz-shadow-2-slide-stop-806959.jpg?v=1725173469"},{"product_id":"ipsc-uspsa-car-air-freshners","title":"IPSC Air Fresheners | Car Accessories","description":"\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShow your IPSC competitive shooting pride everywhere you go with Boss Components IPSC-themed air fresheners. Perfect for your car, range bag, or gun safe — and a great gift for the practical shooter in your life. A fun, affordable way to rep the sport across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIPSC Car\/Air Fresheners - Show Your Shooting Sports Pride\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisplay your passion for IPSC competition shooting everywhere you go with our shooting sports air fresheners. Perfect for your car, truck, range bag, or locker, these air fresheners let fellow shooters know you're part of the IPSC community. Makes an excellent gift for competitive shooters, range buddies, or anyone who lives and breathes practical shooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Themed Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Proudly display your competitive shooting passion with IPSC branding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong-Lasting Fragrance\u003c\/strong\u003e - Keeps your vehicle or space fresh for weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Hanging Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect for car mirrors, range bags, lockers, or gun safes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Quality materials maintain appearance throughout fragrance life\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect Gift Item\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ideal for fellow competitors, range friends, or shooting sports enthusiasts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConversation Starter\u003c\/strong\u003e - Connect with other IPSC shooters on the road or at matches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC competitive shooters wanting to show their passion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGifts for shooting sports enthusiasts, range buddies, or competition teammates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentifying fellow IPSC shooters in parking lots at matches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding shooting sports personality to your vehicle or gear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your Shooting Sports Lifestyle:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShow your competitive shooting pride with these accessories:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/target-patches\"\u003eIPSC, USPSA, IDPA \u0026amp; 3 Gun Target Patches\u003c\/a\u003e - Customize your gear and apparel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/boss-components-brass-catcher-bag\"\u003eBoss Components Brass Catcher Bag\u003c\/a\u003e - Essential range accessory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/pack-of-four-chamber-safety-flags\"\u003ePack of Four Chamber Safety Flags\u003c\/a\u003e - Safety equipment for matches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Complete Range Kit:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEquip yourself with essential shooting sports accessories:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/boss-components-range-bag\"\u003eBoss Components Range Bag\u003c\/a\u003e - Carry all your gear in style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/9mm-case-gauge-ammo-checker-tool\"\u003e9mm Case Gauge Ammo Checker\u003c\/a\u003e - Quality control for reloaders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shooting-accessories\"\u003eDry Fire Sighting Target\u003c\/a\u003e - Practice and training aid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e IPSC shooting sports themed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Air freshener with hanging string\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFragrance Duration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Several weeks depending on conditions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"faq\"\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long does the IPSC air freshener fragrance last?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The fragrance typically lasts several weeks depending on temperature and airflow conditions. In a closed vehicle in Australian summer heat, expect slightly shorter duration.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I hang the air freshener in my range bag or gun safe?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The hanging design works in cars, range bags, lockers, gun safes, or anywhere you want to add a fresh scent and show your IPSC pride.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Are these good as gifts for competition shooters?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Absolutely. IPSC air fresheners make great stocking stuffers, match prizes, or small gifts for range buddies and competition teammates.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does the IPSC air freshener fragrance last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fragrance typically lasts several weeks depending on temperature and airflow conditions. In a closed vehicle in Australian summer heat, expect slightly shorter duration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I hang the air freshener in my range bag or gun safe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hanging design works in cars, range bags, lockers, gun safes, or anywhere you want to add a fresh scent and show your IPSC pride.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these good as gifts for competition shooters?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. IPSC air fresheners make great stocking stuffers, match prizes, or small gifts for range buddies and competition teammates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"IPSC Mixed Ten Pack","offer_id":40320101154897,"sku":"074-10PK","price":19.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/ipsc-carair-fresheners-108872.jpg?v=1725173474"},{"product_id":"boss-components-tactical-gun-oil","title":"Tactical Gun Oil | 4 oz Bottle","description":"\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep your competition firearms running reliably with Tactical Gun Oil — a high-performance lubricant that protects against wear, rust, corrosion, and fouling. Suitable for all firearm types and designed for the demands of regular IPSC, USPSA, and practical shooting competition use in Australian conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep your competition firearms running clean and smooth with \u003cstrong\u003eTactical Gun Oil\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 4 oz bottle of high-performance lubricant that creates a protective barrier against wear, rust, corrosion, and fouling. Suitable for all firearm types and designed for the demands of regular competition use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Firearm Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e — Works on pistols, rifles, and shotguns across all platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtective Barrier\u003c\/strong\u003e — Creates a slick film that reduces metal-on-metal wear and extends component life\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRust \u0026amp; Corrosion Prevention\u003c\/strong\u003e — Guards against moisture and environmental damage between matches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFouling Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e — Resists powder residue buildup for cleaner operation over extended shooting sessions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 oz Bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e — Enough for months of regular maintenance and competition use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x 4 oz bottle of Tactical Gun Oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Maintenance Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/front-sight-installation-removal-tool\"\u003eFront Sight Installation \u0026amp; Removal Tool\u003c\/a\u003e — Non-marring sight adjustment tool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2-piece-threaded-squib-rod\"\u003e2-Piece Threaded Squib Rod\u003c\/a\u003e — Essential safety tool for barrel obstructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/shooters-hand-towel\"\u003eShooter's Hand Towel\u003c\/a\u003e — Keep hands clean and dry during matches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"faq\"\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use this gun oil on all firearm types?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. Tactical Gun Oil is compatible with all firearm types — pistols, rifles, and shotguns across all platforms and calibres.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How often should I oil my competition pistol?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"For competition use, apply a light coat of oil to slide rails, barrel, and moving parts after each cleaning. A quick wipe-down before matches ensures smooth operation. In humid Australian conditions, also oil firearms going into storage to prevent rust.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long does a 4 oz bottle of gun oil last?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"With regular competition use and maintenance, a 4 oz bottle typically lasts several months. A little goes a long way — you only need a thin film on metal surfaces.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this oil protect against rust in humid conditions?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. Tactical Gun Oil creates a protective barrier against moisture, rust, and corrosion — important for firearms stored or used in Australia's varied climate conditions.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this gun oil on all firearm types?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Tactical Gun Oil is compatible with all firearm types — pistols, rifles, and shotguns across all platforms and calibres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often should I oil my competition pistol?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor competition use, apply a light coat of oil to slide rails, barrel, and moving parts after each cleaning. A quick wipe-down before matches ensures smooth operation. In humid Australian conditions, also oil firearms going into storage to prevent rust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does a 4 oz bottle of gun oil last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith regular competition use and maintenance, a 4 oz bottle typically lasts several months. A little goes a long way — you only need a thin film on metal surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this oil protect against rust in humid conditions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Tactical Gun Oil creates a protective barrier against moisture, rust, and corrosion — important for firearms stored or used in Australia's varied climate conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40291166060625,"sku":"073-STD","price":16.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/boss-components-tactical-gun-oil-390023.jpg?v=1725173412"},{"product_id":"2-piece-threaded-squib-rod","title":"2-Piece Threaded Squib Rod | Barrel Obstruction Removal","description":"\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafely clear barrel obstructions, squib loads, and stuck bullets with a professional-grade 2-piece threaded squib rod. This compact brass tool threads together for extended reach and won't damage barrel rifling — an essential safety tool every competitive shooter and reloader should carry in their range bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eEssential 2-Piece Threaded Squib Rod - Barrel Obstruction Removal Tool\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafely remove barrel obstructions, squib loads, and stuck bullets with our professional-grade 2-piece threaded squib rod. This essential safety tool features a compact, portable design that threads together for extended reach - allowing you to clear dangerous barrel obstructions. Every serious shooter should have one in their range bag for emergency situations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Piece Threaded Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Compact storage, extends when needed for maximum reach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Caliber Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e - Works with pistol only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Brass Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Won't damage barrel rifling while removing obstructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThreaded Connection\u003c\/strong\u003e - Secure, solid connection when assembled for safe obstruction removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact \u0026amp; Portable\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fits easily in range bag, gun case, or shooting kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEssential Safety Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e - Critical equipment for safely clearing squib loads and barrel obstructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompetitive shooters who need emergency barrel clearing capability at matches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReloaders who may encounter squib loads during load development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange safety officers and instructors managing shooter safety\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny shooter who values safety and wants to handle barrel obstructions properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your Range Safety Kit:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuild a comprehensive safety and maintenance setup:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/pack-of-four-chamber-safety-flags\"\u003ePack of Four Chamber Safety Flags\u003c\/a\u003e - Essential match safety equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/9mm-case-gauge-ammo-checker-tool\"\u003e9mm Case Gauge Ammo Checker\u003c\/a\u003e - Prevent squib loads through quality control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/case-gauge-ammo-checker-lid-9mm-38-super-40-cal\"\u003e100 Pocket Case Gauge Ammo Checker - 9mm\u003c\/a\u003e - High-volume ammo checking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Complete Shooting Kit:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEssential tools every serious shooter needs:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/boss-components-tactical-gun-oil\"\u003eBoss Components Tactical Gun Oil\u003c\/a\u003e - Firearm maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shooting-accessories\"\u003eDry Fire Sighting Target\u003c\/a\u003e - Practice and training aid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/boss-components-brass-catcher-bag\"\u003eBoss Components Brass Catcher Bag\u003c\/a\u003e - Range accessory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal - works with pistols only\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two-piece threaded squib rod\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brass construction (won't damage barrel rifling)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-piece threaded for compact storage and extended reach\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extended length when assembled for deep barrel reach\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Emergency barrel obstruction removal, squib load clearing, stuck bullet extraction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Essential tool for safely handling barrel obstructions - never fire a gun with a barrel obstruction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compact 2-piece design fits in range bag or gun case\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"faq\"\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What calibres does this squib rod work with?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This squib rod works with pistol and rifle calibres from .22 to .45 and beyond. Verify the rod diameter suits your specific calibre before use.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Why is brass used instead of steel?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Brass is softer than barrel steel, so it will not damage your barrel's rifling when pushing out a stuck bullet or obstruction. Steel rods can scratch or gouge the bore.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do I know if I have a squib load?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A squib load typically produces a noticeably softer report, less recoil, and sometimes no bullet impact on target. If you suspect a squib, stop shooting immediately, keep the firearm pointed downrange, and visually inspect the barrel before firing again.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is this compact enough for a range bag?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The 2-piece threaded design stores compactly and threads together when needed for full-length barrel reach. It fits easily in any range bag, gun case, or shooting kit.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Should every competitive shooter carry a squib rod?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Absolutely. Squib loads can occur with any ammunition, especially hand-loaded rounds common in IPSC and USPSA competition. Having a squib rod on hand means you can safely clear the obstruction and continue shooting rather than being sidelined for the rest of the match.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat calibres does this squib rod work with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis squib rod works with pistols only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy is brass used instead of steel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrass is softer than barrel steel, so it will not damage your barrel's rifling when pushing out a stuck bullet or obstruction. Steel rods can scratch or gouge the bore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know if I have a squib load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA squib load typically produces a noticeably softer report, less recoil, and sometimes no bullet impact on target. If you suspect a squib, stop shooting immediately, keep the firearm pointed downrange, and visually inspect the barrel before firing again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this compact enough for a range bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 2-piece threaded design stores compactly and threads together when needed for full-length barrel reach. It fits easily in any range bag, gun case, or shooting kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould every competitive shooter carry a squib rod?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. Squib loads can occur with any ammunition, especially hand-loaded rounds common in IPSC and USPSA competition. Having a squib rod on hand means you can safely clear the obstruction and continue shooting rather than being sidelined for the rest of the match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40332665946193,"sku":"071-STD","price":36.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/2-piece-threaded-squib-rod-124074.jpg?v=1745552394"},{"product_id":"1911-2011-stainless-steel-guide-rod-sleeve","title":"1911\/2011 Stainless Steel Guide Rod \u0026 Sleeve | Enhanced Durability","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplace factory plastic or worn steel internals with a complete stainless steel guide rod and sleeve system for your 1911 or 2011. CNC-machined for precise tolerances, this corrosion-resistant upgrade ensures smooth, reliable slide cycling through thousands of rounds on all 1911 and 2011 platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium 1911\/2011 Stainless Steel Guide Rod \u0026amp; Sleeve - Durability Upgrade\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your 1911 or 2011 pistol with our premium stainless steel guide rod and sleeve system for enhanced durability and consistent performance. This complete system replaces factory plastic or standard steel components with corrosion-resistant stainless steel - providing smooth, reliable operation through thousands of rounds in IPSC and USPSA competition while eliminating wear and maintaining precise tolerances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete System\u003c\/strong\u003e - Includes both guide rod and sleeve for total replacement of factory components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless Steel Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Superior corrosion resistance and durability compared to factory materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal 1911\/2011 Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fits most 1911 and 2011 platforms, including Colt, Springfield, STI, Bul Armory \u0026amp; clones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e - CNC-milled for perfect fit and smooth, consistent operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Durability\u003c\/strong\u003e - Eliminates wear and maintains precise tolerances through heavy use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by competitive shooters for reliable, long-lasting performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC and USPSA competitive shooters seeking enhanced reliability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing worn or damaged factory guide rod systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpgrading from plastic factory components to premium stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a complete reliability-focused 1911\/2011 setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your 1911\/2011 Internal Parts Upgrade:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximize reliability and performance with these complementary internal upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-progressive-recoil-spring\"\u003e1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/a\u003e - Smoother cycling and reduced recoil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-extended-firing-pin\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin\u003c\/a\u003e - Reliable ignition every time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-screws-bushings\"\u003e1911 Hex Grip Screw \u0026amp; Bushing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e - Complete hardware kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full 1911\/2011 Competition Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your 1911\/2011 into a competition winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-bul-armory-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003eExtended Magazine Release Button\u003c\/a\u003e - Lightning-fast magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-slide-stop-thumb-rest\"\u003e1911\/2011 Slide Stop Thumb Rest\u003c\/a\u003e - Improved recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-staccato-red-dot-scope-mount\"\u003e1911\/2011 Red Dot Scope Multi Mount\u003c\/a\u003e - Add optics for speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Most 1911 and 2011 pistols, including Colt, Springfield, Kimber, STI, Bul Armory, SVI, Rock Island, and clones\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel guide rod and sleeve (complete system)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel for superior corrosion resistance and durability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces factory guide rod system, approximately 5 minutes (requires slide disassembly)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Complete stainless steel system provides enhanced durability and consistent performance through thousands of rounds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eliminates wear from factory plastic components and maintains precise tolerances\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is included in this system?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A complete stainless steel guide rod and sleeve — both components for total replacement of factory internals.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What platforms does this fit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"All 1911 and 2011 pistols including Colt, Springfield, Kimber, STI, Staccato, Bul Armory, SVI, Rock Island, and clones.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Why upgrade from the factory guide rod?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Factory components are often plastic or standard steel that wears over time. Stainless steel provides superior corrosion resistance, durability, and maintains precise tolerances through heavy use.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long does installation take?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Approximately 15 minutes. Requires slide disassembly to access the factory guide rod system.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included in this system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA complete stainless steel guide rod and sleeve — both components for total replacement of factory internals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat platforms does this fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost 1911 and 2011 pistols, including Colt, Springfield, Kimber, STI, Bul Armory, SVI, Rock Island, and clones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy upgrade from the factory guide rod?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFactory components are often made of plastic or standard steel and wear over time. Stainless steel provides superior corrosion resistance and durability while maintaining precise tolerances under heavy use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does installation take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 5 minutes. Requires slide disassembly to access the factory guide rod system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40333628080209,"sku":"070-STS","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/19112011-stainless-steel-guide-rod-sleeve-578047.jpg?v=1725173396"},{"product_id":"1911-2011-slide-stop-thumb-rest","title":"Best 1911\/2011 Slide Stop Thumb Rest for IPSC \u0026 USPSA","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImprove your 1911 or 2011 recoil control with an ergonomic slide stop thumb rest that provides consistent, comfortable thumb placement. This precision-machined accessory fits 1911 and 2011 platforms that use a standard slide stop and helps maintain proper grip pressure during rapid fire — trusted by IPSC and USPSA competitors for enhanced shooting control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium 1911\/2011 Slide Stop Thumb Rest - Competition Accessory\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImprove your recoil control and shooting comfort with our ergonomic slide stop thumb rest for 1911 and 2011 pistols. This precision-machined accessory provides a comfortable, consistent thumb placement that helps manage recoil and maintain proper grip pressure throughout your shooting session - essential for competitive shooters in IPSC and USPSA who demand maximum control and consistency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Comfortable thumb placement for improved control and reduced fatigue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide 1911\/2011 Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fits 1911 and 2011 platforms with a standard slide stop, including STI, Bul Armory \u0026amp; clones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecoil Management\u003c\/strong\u003e - Helps maintain proper grip pressure and control during rapid fire\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e - CNC-milled for a perfect fit on the slide stop lever\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Built to withstand thousands of rounds without loosening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by IPSC and USPSA shooters worldwide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC and USPSA competitive shooters with 1911 or 2011 platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShooters seeking improved recoil control and grip consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReducing hand fatigue during long practice sessions or matches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a complete ergonomic competition setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your 1911\/2011 Ergonomic Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximize comfort and control with these accessories:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-staccato-adjustable-thumbrest\"\u003e1911\/2011 Adjustable Thumb Rest\u003c\/a\u003e - Customizable thumb rest option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/large-wide-adjustable-thumb-rest\"\u003e1911\/2011 Large Wide Thumb Rest\u003c\/a\u003e - Maximum surface area for control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-bul-armory-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release\u003c\/a\u003e - Enhanced ergonomics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full Competition Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your 1911\/2011 into a competition winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-staccato-red-dot-scope-mount\"\u003e1911\/2011 Red Dot Scope Multi Mount\u003c\/a\u003e - Add optics for speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-progressive-recoil-spring\"\u003e1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/a\u003e - Smoother cycling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-extended-firing-pin\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin\u003c\/a\u003e - Reliable ignition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Most 1911 and 2011 pistols with a standard slide stop, including Colt, Springfield, Kimber, STI, standard Staccato models (P, C2), Bul Armory, Rock Island, and clones. \u003cstrong\u003eNot compatible with the Staccato X-series (XC \/ XL), which use a different, proprietary slide stop.\u003c\/strong\u003e If you are unsure which slide stop your pistol uses, contact us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e One slide stop thumb rest with installation hardware\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Precision-machined steel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attaches to slide stop lever, approximately 5 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Improved recoil control and reduced hand fatigue through ergonomic thumb placement\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomics:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides a consistent, comfortable thumb position for better grip control\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How does this attach to my pistol?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The thumb rest attaches directly to the slide stop lever. Installation takes approximately 5 minutes with included hardware.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What platforms is this compatible with?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Most 1911 and 2011 pistols with a standard slide stop, including Colt, Springfield, Kimber, STI, standard Staccato models (P, C2), Bul Armory, SVI, Rock Island, and clones. The Staccato X-series (XC and XL) use a different, proprietary slide stop and are not compatible.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between this and the adjustable thumb rest?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This is a fixed thumb rest that mounts to the slide stop lever for a simple 5-minute installation. The adjustable thumb rest offers customizable position and angle but requires either the Boss Multi Red Dot Mount or frame modification for installation.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this attach to my pistol?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe thumb rest attaches directly to the slide stop lever. Installation takes approximately 2 minutes with the included hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat platforms is this compatible with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost 1911 and 2011 pistols with a standard slide stop, including Colt, Springfield, Kimber, STI, standard Staccato models (P, C2), Bul Armory, SVI, Rock Island, and clones. The Staccato X-series (XC and XL) use a different, proprietary slide stop and are not compatible — contact us before ordering if you shoot an XC or XL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between this and the adjustable thumb rest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a fixed thumb rest that mounts to the slide stop lever for a simple 2-minute installation. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-staccato-adjustable-thumbrest\"\u003eadjustable thumb rest\u003c\/a\u003e offers customizable position and angle, but requires either the Boss Multi Red Dot Mount or frame modification for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Chrome Plated","offer_id":40561317740625,"sku":"068-CHR","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":40561317707857,"sku":"068-BCR","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/19112011-slide-stop-thumb-rest-575501.jpg?v=1725173399"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-g10-grips","title":"CZ Shadow 2 G10 Palm Swell Grips","description":"\u003cp\u003eGet exceptional grip texture and all-weather durability on your CZ Shadow 2 with G10 Palm Swell Grips. This high-pressure fibreglass laminate is virtually indestructible and delivers aggressive texture without the weight of brass — the go-to for IPSC and USPSA shooters who prioritise grip security over added mass. The palm swell contour fills your hand for a more locked-in feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePalm swell profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — fills the palm for a secure, locked-in grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eG10 fibre composite\u003c\/strong\u003e — resists cracking, warping, moisture and temperature extremes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAggressive texture\u003c\/strong\u003e — excellent grip security without the abrasiveness of carbide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight\u003c\/strong\u003e — minimal added weight, ideal for keeping the pistol light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision CNC machined\u003c\/strong\u003e — exact Shadow 2 fit. Grip screws included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePalm swell or flat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a slimmer profile? See our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-g10-flat-grips\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 G10 Flat Grips\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLegal in \u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Production, Standard and Open\u003c\/strong\u003e and all \u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA\u003c\/strong\u003e divisions. A popular Production choice for texture over added weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFull-length panels for standard (non-magwell) frames. Running a magwell? See the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-g10-palm-swell-grips-magwell-compatible\"\u003eG10 Magwell-Ready Short Grips\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pair of G10 palm swell grips (left \u0026amp; right)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrip screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy. Swap the factory grips and secure with the included screws — under five minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete your setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-stainless-steel-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release\u003c\/a\u003e — faster reloads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/cz-shadow-2-cz-75-sp01-parts\"\u003eBrowse all CZ Shadow 2 parts \u0026amp; grips\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing your grip material\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eG10 is the lightweight option — great texture without added weight. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-brass-palm-swell-grips\"\u003eBrass grips\u003c\/a\u003e add maximum weight for recoil control. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-carbide-palm-swell-grips\"\u003eCarbide grips\u003c\/a\u003e offer the most aggressive texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGuides \u0026amp; resources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/cz-shadow-2-grips-buyer-guide-g10-carbide-brass-tiers-for-tanfoglio-sp-01-2011-uspsa-ipsc-2026\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 grips buyer guide — G10, carbide and brass tiers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/best-cz-shadow-2-grips-for-ipsc-uspsa-brass-vs-carbide-vs-g10-compared-2026\"\u003eBrass vs carbide vs G10 grips compared\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/ipsc\/cz-shadow-2-grips-magwell-combo-guide-best-configurations-for-ipsc-competition-2026\"\u003eGrips + magwell combo configurations for IPSC\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Palm Swell","offer_id":40370113970257,"sku":"065-PSW","price":109.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/cz-shadow-2-g10-grips-904929.jpg?v=1728035102"},{"product_id":"cz-extended-firing-pin-for-all-cz-75-cz-sp-01-cz-shadow-models","title":"CZ Extended Firing Pin","description":"\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGetting light primer strikes after installing lighter hammer springs on your CZ 75, SP-01, or Shadow 2? The CZ Extended Firing Pin is the essential fix — restoring 100% ignition reliability with aftermarket trigger spring kits. A must-have companion for any CZ trigger job, trusted by Australian IPSC and USPSA competition shooters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe CZ Extended Firing Pin solves the number one problem after a trigger job — light primer strikes. When you install lighter hammer or trigger springs for a crisper pull, the factory firing pin often lacks the reach and mass to reliably ignite primers. This extended pin restores 100% ignition reliability, making it the essential companion to any CZ trigger upgrade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Length\u003c\/strong\u003e — Additional reach ensures reliable primer strikes even with reduced-power hammer springs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardened Steel Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Built to withstand tens of thousands of strikes without mushrooming or deforming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal CZ 75 Platform Fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — One pin fits CZ 75, SP-01, Shadow, and Shadow 2 models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEssential After Trigger Work\u003c\/strong\u003e — The go-to fix for light primer strikes caused by aftermarket spring kits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Direct replacement for the factory firing pin with no fitting required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn extended firing pin is a direct replacement internal part and is \u003cstrong\u003elegal in all IPSC divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e including Production, Standard, Classic, and Open. Similarly legal in all USPSA divisions. No external modifications — this is an internal reliability upgrade that no scrutineer will question.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ 75 \/ CZ 75 B \/ CZ 75 BD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ 75 SP-01 \/ SP-01 Shadow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMost CZ 75 pattern pistols\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x CZ Extended Firing Pin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moderate. Requires removal of the rear sight or firing pin retaining pin (depending on model) to access the firing pin channel. A punch set and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-75-pistols-clones-2-in-1-trigger-spring-sear-spring-tool\"\u003eCZ 75 2-in-1 Spring Tool\u003c\/a\u003e are recommended. Allow 15–20 minutes for first-time installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-75-pistols-clones-2-in-1-trigger-spring-sear-spring-tool\"\u003eCZ 75 2-in-1 Trigger \u0026amp; Sear Spring Tool\u003c\/a\u003e — Install trigger and sear springs properly alongside your new firing pin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-75-shadow-2-progressive-recoil-spring\"\u003eCZ 75\/Shadow 2 Progressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/a\u003e — Complete your internal upgrade with smoother cycling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-slide-stop\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Slide Stop\u003c\/a\u003e — Upgraded slide stop for faster manipulations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"faq\"\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Do I need an extended firing pin if I have not changed my CZ springs?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"If your factory springs are intact and you are getting reliable ignition, the stock pin is fine. The extended firing pin becomes essential when you install lighter hammer or trigger springs.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will the extended firing pin fix light primer strikes on a CZ Shadow 2?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"In most cases, yes. Light strikes after a spring change are almost always caused by insufficient firing pin protrusion — the extended pin solves this directly.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is the CZ extended firing pin legal for IPSC Production division?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. Internal replacement parts like firing pins are permitted in all IPSC divisions, including Production.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What material is the CZ extended firing pin made from?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Hardened tool steel — designed for long service life and consistent primer strikes across tens of thousands of rounds.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I install a CZ extended firing pin myself?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Most competent DIY shooters can handle this with basic tools and a YouTube guide. If you are not confident working inside the slide, a gunsmith can do it in 10 minutes.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need an extended firing pin if I have not changed my CZ springs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your factory springs are intact and you're getting reliable ignition, the stock pin is fine. This becomes essential when you install lighter hammer or trigger springs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the extended firing pin fix light primer strikes on a CZ Shadow 2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn most cases, yes. Light strikes after a spring change are almost always caused by insufficient firing pin protrusion — the extended pin solves this directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the CZ extended firing pin legal for IPSC Production division?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Internal replacement parts like firing pins are permitted in all IPSC divisions, including Production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat material is the CZ extended firing pin made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHardened tool steel — designed for long service life and consistent primer strikes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install a CZ extended firing pin myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost competent DIY shooters can handle this with basic tools and a YouTube guide. If you're not confident working inside the slide, a gunsmith can do it in 10 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40393360572497,"sku":"063-STD","price":38.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/cz-extended-firing-pin-for-all-cz-75-cz-sp-01-cz-shadow-models-243583.jpg?v=1745552394"},{"product_id":"1911-2011-extended-firing-pin","title":"1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin - Heat-Treated Stainless Steel","description":"\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEliminate light strikes and misfires on your 1911 or 2011 with a heat-treated stainless steel extended firing pin. This drop-in replacement ensures reliable primer ignition when running lighter hammer springs — a critical upgrade for IPSC and USPSA competitors across all 1911 and 2011 platforms including STI, Staccato, and Bul Armory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium 1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin - Heat-Treated Stainless Steel\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEnsure reliable ignition with every trigger pull using our extended firing pin for 1911 and 2011 pistols. Designed for competitive shooters running lighter hammer springs or hard primers, this heat-treated stainless steel firing pin provides positive primer strikes for consistent ignition - eliminating light strikes and misfires that can cost you matches in IPSC and USPSA competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Provides positive primer strikes with lighter hammer springs and hard primers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal 1911\/2011 Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fits all 1911 and 2011 platforms including Colt, Springfield, STI, Staccato, Bul Armory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat-Treated Stainless Steel\u003c\/strong\u003e - Superior durability and corrosion resistance through thousands of rounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReliable Ignition\u003c\/strong\u003e - Eliminates light strikes and misfires for consistent performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Essential\u003c\/strong\u003e - Critical upgrade for shooters running lightened trigger systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e - Direct replacement for factory firing pin, no modifications required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC and USPSA competitive shooters with lightened trigger systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShooters experiencing light strikes or misfires with factory firing pin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRunning lighter hammer springs for improved trigger pull\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a complete reliability-focused 1911\/2011 competition setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your 1911\/2011 Internal Parts Upgrade:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximize reliability and performance with these complementary internal upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-progressive-recoil-spring\"\u003e1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/a\u003e - Smoother cycling and reduced recoil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-stainless-steel-guide-rod-sleeve\"\u003e1911\/2011 Stainless Steel Guide Rod \u0026amp; Sleeve\u003c\/a\u003e - Enhanced durability and consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-screws-bushings\"\u003e1911 Hex Grip Screw \u0026amp; Bushing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e - Complete hardware kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full 1911\/2011 Competition Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTransform your 1911\/2011 into a competition winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-bul-armory-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release\u003c\/a\u003e - Lightning-fast magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-slide-stop-thumb-rest\"\u003e1911\/2011 Slide Stop Thumb Rest\u003c\/a\u003e - Improved recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-staccato-red-dot-scope-mount\"\u003e1911\/2011 Red Dot Scope Multi Mount\u003c\/a\u003e - Add optics for speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e All 1911 and 2011 pistols including Colt, Springfield, Kimber, STI, Staccato, Bul Armory, SVI, Rock Island, and clones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e One extended firing pin\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat-treated stainless steel for superior durability\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces factory firing pin, approximately 20 minutes (requires slide disassembly)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reliable ignition with lighter hammer springs and hard primers - eliminates light strikes\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse Case:\u003c\/strong\u003e Essential for competition shooters running lightened trigger systems or hard primers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"faq\"\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Why do I need an extended firing pin?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The extended design provides positive primer strikes with lighter hammer springs and hard primers, eliminating light strikes and misfires that can cost you matches.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What platforms does this firing pin fit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"All 1911 and 2011 pistols including Colt, Springfield, Kimber, STI, Staccato, Bul Armory, SVI, Rock Island, and clones.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is this a drop-in part?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. It is a direct replacement for the factory firing pin with no modifications required. Installation takes approximately 20 minutes and requires slide disassembly.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What material is the firing pin made from?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Heat-treated stainless steel for superior durability and corrosion resistance through thousands of rounds.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy do I need an extended firing pin?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe extended design provides positive primer strikes with lighter hammer springs and hard primers, eliminating light strikes and misfires that can cost you matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat platforms does this firing pin fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll 1911 and 2011 pistols including Colt, Springfield, Kimber, STI, Staccato, Bul Armory, SVI, Rock Island, and clones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this a drop-in part?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is a direct replacement for the factory firing pin with no modifications required. Installation takes approximately 20 minutes and requires slide disassembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat material is the firing pin made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeat-treated stainless steel for superior durability and corrosion resistance through thousands of rounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40393360703569,"sku":"062-STD","price":44.87,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/19112011-extended-firing-pin-367241.jpg?v=1725173395"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-soft-pistol-case","title":"Heavy Duty Soft Pistol Case","description":"\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLooking for a reliable \u003cstrong\u003esoft pistol case\u003c\/strong\u003e to protect your competition handgun at the range or in transit? The heavy duty soft pistol case from Boss Components is built from 600D polyester with dense foam padding and plush interior lining — purpose-built for Australian IPSC, ISSF, and club shooters who need affordable, dependable pistol protection without the bulk of a hard case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTransport your pistol safely with the \u003cstrong\u003eheavy duty soft pistol case\u003c\/strong\u003e — built from 600D polyester with dense foam padding and a plush interior lining to protect against scratches, impacts, and drops. Features a front storage pocket for magazines, tools, or accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600D Polyester Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Durable outer shell resists wear and tear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDense Foam Padding\u003c\/strong\u003e — Multi-layer protection absorbs impacts and prevents damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlush Interior Lining\u003c\/strong\u003e — Soft lining cradles your pistol without scratching the finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront Storage Pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e — Extra pocket for magazines, tools, or small accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Size\u003c\/strong\u003e — Fits most standard-frame competition pistols\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Heavy duty soft pistol case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAlso Available\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed a larger case? See the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/large-soft-pistol-case\"\u003eLarge Soft Pistol Case\u003c\/a\u003e for full-size and long-slide pistols.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Range Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/boss-components-range-bag\"\u003eRange Bag\u003c\/a\u003e — Carry your entire competition setup in one bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/boss-components-tactical-gun-oil\"\u003eTactical Gun Oil\u003c\/a\u003e — Keep your firearms running smoothly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/pack-of-four-chamber-safety-flags\"\u003eChamber Safety Flags (4-Pack)\u003c\/a\u003e — Mandatory range safety equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"faq\"\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this soft pistol case fit a CZ Shadow 2 or Tanfoglio Stock 2?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This case is sized for standard-frame pistols. Full-size competition pistols like the CZ Shadow 2 or Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 may be a tight fit. For larger pistols, we recommend the Large Soft Pistol Case which is specifically sized for full-size competition handguns.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is this pistol case suitable for travelling to competitions in Australia?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The heavy duty soft pistol case provides secure padded transport for your handgun. For air travel or interstate transport, always check your state's firearm transport regulations — some jurisdictions require hard-sided lockable cases for specific transport scenarios.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What pistols fit in the heavy duty soft pistol case?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This case fits most standard-frame competition pistols including compact and mid-size handguns. Popular fits include CZ 75, CZ SP-01, Glock 17\/34, and similar sized pistols. For long-slide or full-size competition pistols, see the Large Soft Pistol Case.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the front pocket fit spare magazines?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The front storage pocket is designed to hold spare magazines, a cleaning tool, chamber flags, or small accessories. It comfortably fits 2-3 standard pistol magazines depending on size.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this soft pistol case fit a CZ Shadow 2 or Tanfoglio Stock 2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis case is sized for standard-frame pistols. Full-size competition pistols like the CZ Shadow 2 or Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 may be a tight fit. For larger pistols, we recommend the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/large-soft-pistol-case\"\u003eLarge Soft Pistol Case\u003c\/a\u003e which is specifically sized for full-size competition handguns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this pistol case suitable for travelling to competitions in Australia?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The heavy duty soft pistol case provides secure padded transport for your handgun. For air travel or interstate transport, always check your state's firearm transport regulations — some jurisdictions require hard-sided lockable cases for specific transport scenarios.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat pistols fit in the heavy duty soft pistol case?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis case fits most standard-frame competition pistols including compact and mid-size handguns. Popular fits include CZ 75, CZ SP-01, Glock 17\/34, and similar sized pistols. For long-slide or full-size competition pistols, see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/large-soft-pistol-case\"\u003eLarge Soft Pistol Case\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the front pocket fit spare magazines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The front storage pocket is designed to hold spare magazines, a cleaning tool, chamber flags, or small accessories. It comfortably fits 2-3 standard pistol magazines depending on size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40394218438737,"sku":"061-BLK","price":24.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/heavy-duty-soft-pistol-case-150157.jpg?v=1725173478"},{"product_id":"competition-scope-throw-lever","title":"Competition Scope Throw Lever","description":"\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpeed up your magnification changes with the Boss Components Competition Scope Throw Lever. CNC-machined from skeletonised hard-anodised aluminium, this scope lever attaches to your rifle scope's magnification ring for rapid, one-handed power adjustments during 3-Gun, PRS, and long-range competition stages. Fits scopes with a 49mm (1.930\") magnification ring diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElevate Your Shooting Precision with Boss Components Competition Scope Throw Lever\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for the competitive shooter, the Boss Components Competition Scope Throw Lever ensures swift and seamless magnification transitions with precision. Easily attachable to the magnification ring, this scope lever is perfect for those looking for rapid target acquisition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with select rifle scope magnification rings with a diameter of 1.930 inches \/ 49 mm, Fits all scopes with a magnification ring of 49mm. A full range of sizes is coming soon.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEfficient Magnification Transitions\u003c\/strong\u003e: Maximize the efficiency of your scope's magnification transitions with fluid precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made of skeletonized, lightweight hard-anodized aluminum, ensuring durability and longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e: Compatible with select riflescope magnification rings, making it a versatile addition to your shooting gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Attaches and detaches effortlessly to the magnification ring using a single bolt allowing for quick modifications on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRapid Target Acquisition\u003c\/strong\u003e: Experience faster and more accurate target acquisition with smooth magnification transitions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Durability\u003c\/strong\u003e: The hard-anodized aluminium construction ensures the scope lever withstands the rigours of competitive shooting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDive into a world of precision and speed with the Boss Components Competition Scope Lever. Tailored for those who demand excellence in every shot, this scope lever promises unparalleled performance and ease of use. Upgrade your shooting gear today and experience the Boss Components difference!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor optimal security, it is advised to use a product such as Threadlocker to prevent the bolt from coming undone.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"faq\"\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What size magnification ring does this scope throw lever fit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This throw lever fits rifle scopes with a magnification ring diameter of 49mm (1.930 inches). Measure your scope's magnification ring before purchasing. Additional sizes are coming soon.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Do I need tools to install the scope throw lever?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Installation requires only a single bolt and basic hex key. The lever attaches directly to the magnification ring and can be installed or removed in under a minute. No permanent modifications to your scope are needed.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will the throw lever work with my scope brand?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The lever is compatible with any rifle scope that has a 49mm magnification ring diameter, regardless of brand. This includes select models from Vortex, Leupold, Nightforce, Kahles, and others. Always measure your specific scope's magnification ring to confirm fitment.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Should I use threadlocker on the mounting bolt?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. Boss Components recommends applying a medium-strength threadlocker (such as Loctite 242) to the mounting bolt. This prevents the bolt from loosening under recoil during competition stages while still allowing removal when needed.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is a scope throw lever legal in PRS and 3-Gun competition in Australia?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. Scope throw levers are considered standard accessories in PRS (Precision Rifle Series), 3-Gun, and other rifle competitions in Australia. They are not restricted or regulated — they simply make magnification changes faster and more ergonomic.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size magnification ring does this scope throw lever fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis throw lever fits rifle scopes with a magnification ring diameter of 49mm (1.930 inches). Measure your scope's magnification ring before purchasing. Additional sizes are coming soon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need tools to install the scope throw lever?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires only a single bolt and basic hex key. The lever attaches directly to the magnification ring and can be installed or removed in under a minute. No permanent modifications to your scope are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the throw lever work with my scope brand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lever is compatible with any rifle scope that has a 49mm magnification ring diameter, regardless of brand. This includes select models from Vortex, Leupold, Nightforce, Kahles, and others. Always measure your specific scope's magnification ring to confirm fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I use threadlocker on the mounting bolt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Boss Components recommends applying a medium-strength threadlocker (such as Loctite 242) to the mounting bolt. This prevents the bolt from loosening under recoil during competition stages while still allowing removal when needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a scope throw lever legal in PRS and 3-Gun competition in Australia?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Scope throw levers are considered standard accessories in PRS (Precision Rifle Series), 3-Gun, and other rifle competitions in Australia. They are not restricted or regulated — they simply make magnification changes faster and more ergonomic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":40460805963857,"sku":"060-BLK","price":19.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":40460805996625,"sku":"060-BLU","price":19.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":40460806029393,"sku":"060-RED","price":19.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold Plated","offer_id":40460806062161,"sku":"060-GLD","price":19.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/competition-scope-throw-lever-688069.jpg?v=1738555040"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-optic-ready-red-dot-mount","title":"CZ Shadow 2 Optic Ready Red Dot Mount","description":"\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMount your red dot optic directly into the factory slide cut on your \u003cstrong\u003eCZ Shadow 2 OR\u003c\/strong\u003e with this precision-machined optic ready mount plate. Purpose-built for Australian Carry Optics and IPSC Open shooters, it delivers the lowest possible mounting height for fast dot acquisition and natural sight picture — no gunsmithing required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe CZ Shadow 2 Optic Ready Red Dot Mount is purpose-built for CZ Shadow 2 OR (Optic Ready) models that ship with a factory optic-cut slide. This precision mount drops directly into the factory milling and provides a rock-solid platform for your micro red dot — delivering the lowest possible optic mounting height for fast target acquisition and natural sight picture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory Optic Cut Compatible\u003c\/strong\u003e — Drops directly into the CZ Shadow 2 OR slide milling with no modifications needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowest Possible Mount Height\u003c\/strong\u003e — Sits flush in the factory cut for the most natural sight picture and fastest dot acquisition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRock-Solid Zero Retention\u003c\/strong\u003e — Precision machined for a tight, vibration-free fit that holds zero indefinitely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Optic Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e — Accepts popular RMR-footprint optics including Trijicon, Holosun, and similar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision CNC Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e — Tight tolerances for a perfect fit in the factory optic cut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed dot optics are \u003cstrong\u003elegal in IPSC Open division and USPSA Carry Optics and Open\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cstrong\u003eNot legal for IPSC Production or Standard\u003c\/strong\u003e — these divisions prohibit optical sights. The CZ Shadow 2 OR is the preferred platform for Carry Optics competitors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 OR (Optic Ready) models only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot compatible with standard CZ Shadow 2\u003c\/strong\u003e — for non-OR models, see our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-dovetail-red-dot-optic-mount\"\u003eDovetail Red Dot Mount\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccepts RMR-footprint optics (Trijicon RMR, Holosun 407C\/507C, and similar)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x CZ Shadow 2 Optic Ready Red Dot Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy. Place the mount plate into the factory optic cut, position your red dot, and secure with the included screws. Under 10 minutes with a standard screwdriver or hex key. No gunsmithing required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-brass-magwell\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Brass Magwell\u003c\/a\u003e — Complete your competition build with faster reloads and added weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-carbide-palm-swell-grips\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Carbide Grips\u003c\/a\u003e — Maximum grip texture for consistent dot tracking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-stainless-steel-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release\u003c\/a\u003e — Faster mag changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"faq\"\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this fit a standard (non-OR) CZ Shadow 2?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. This mount requires the factory optic-ready slide cut found only on CZ Shadow 2 OR models. For standard Shadow 2s, use the Dovetail Red Dot Mount instead.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is this mount lower than a dovetail mount?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The OR mount sits in the factory slide cut, which is lower than a dovetail-mounted plate. This gives you a more natural sight picture and faster target acquisition.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which optics fit this mount?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Any optic with an RMR-pattern footprint, including Trijicon RMR, Holosun 407C, Holosun 507C, and similar models.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I still use iron sights with this mount?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The CZ Shadow 2 OR typically has suppressor-height iron sights that co-witness through the red dot window, giving you a backup aiming solution.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit a standard (non-OR) CZ Shadow 2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This mount requires the factory optic-ready slide cut found only on CZ Shadow 2 OR models. For standard Shadow 2s, use our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-dovetail-red-dot-optic-mount\"\u003eDovetail Red Dot Mount\u003c\/a\u003e instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this mount lower than a dovetail mount?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The OR mount sits in the factory slide cut, which is lower than a dovetail-mounted plate. This gives you a more natural sight picture and faster target acquisition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich optics fit this mount?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny optic with an RMR-pattern footprint, including Trijicon RMR, Holosun 407C, Holosun 507C, and similar models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I still use iron sights with this mount?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CZ Shadow 2 OR typically has suppressor-height iron sights that co-witness through the red dot window, giving you a backup aiming solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"A Version","offer_id":40396911607889,"sku":"100059A","price":89.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"B Version","offer_id":40396911640657,"sku":"100059B","price":89.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"C Version","offer_id":40396911673425,"sku":"100059C","price":89.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"D Version","offer_id":42873916981329,"sku":"100059D","price":89.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/cz-shadow-2-optic-ready-red-dot-mount-285354.jpg?v=1725173475"},{"product_id":"1911-2011-progressive-recoil-spring","title":"1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring | Reduced Recoil","description":"\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmooth out your 1911 or 2011 cycling with a progressive recoil spring that reduces felt recoil and improves reliability. The variable spring rate provides optimal performance throughout the entire recoil cycle — a proven upgrade for IPSC and USPSA competitors on all 1911 and 2011 platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium 1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring - Performance Upgrade\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEnhance your 1911 or 2011 pistol's performance with our progressive recoil spring. This advanced spring design provides smoother cycling, reduced felt recoil, and improved reliability - transforming your pistol into a softer-shooting, more controllable competition machine for IPSC and USPSA. The progressive rate ensures optimal performance throughout the entire recoil cycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgressive Rate Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Variable spring rate provides smoother cycling throughout recoil cycle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal 1911\/2011 Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fits all 1911 and 2011 platforms including STI, Staccato, Bul Armory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Felt Recoil\u003c\/strong\u003e - Smoother operation reduces perceived recoil for better control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Reliability\u003c\/strong\u003e - Consistent cycling enhances feeding and ejection reliability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - High-quality spring steel withstands thousands of rounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by IPSC and USPSA shooters for enhanced performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC and USPSA competitive shooters with 1911 or 2011 platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReducing felt recoil for improved control and faster follow-up shots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproving cycling reliability with various ammunition types\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a complete performance-optimized 1911\/2011 setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your 1911\/2011 Internal Parts Upgrade:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximize performance with these complementary internal upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-stainless-steel-guide-rod-sleeve\"\u003e1911\/2011 Stainless Steel Guide Rod \u0026amp; Sleeve\u003c\/a\u003e - Enhanced durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-extended-firing-pin\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin\u003c\/a\u003e - Reliable ignition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-screws-bushings\"\u003e1911 Hex Grip Screw \u0026amp; Bushing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e - Complete hardware kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full Competition Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTransform your 1911\/2011 into a competition winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-bul-armory-extended-magazine-release-button\"\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release\u003c\/a\u003e - Lightning-fast magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-2011-slide-stop-thumb-rest\"\u003e1911\/2011 Slide Stop Thumb Rest\u003c\/a\u003e - Improved recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/1911-sti-2011-staccato-red-dot-scope-mount\"\u003e1911\/2011 Red Dot Scope Multi Mount\u003c\/a\u003e - Add optics for speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e All 1911 and 2011 pistols including Colt, Springfield, Kimber, STI, Staccato, Bul Armory, SVI, Rock Island, and clones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e One progressive recoil spring\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-quality spring steel\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Progressive rate for smoother cycling throughout recoil cycle\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces factory recoil spring, approximately 5 minutes (requires slide disassembly)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smoother cycling and reduced felt recoil for improved control and reliability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"faq\"\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between a progressive and standard recoil spring?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A progressive spring has a variable rate that provides smoother cycling throughout the recoil cycle, while a standard spring has a constant rate. This results in reduced felt recoil and improved reliability.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What platforms does this spring fit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"All 1911 and 2011 pistols including Colt, Springfield, Kimber, STI, Staccato, Bul Armory, SVI, Rock Island, and clones.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long does installation take?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Approximately 5 minutes. Replaces the factory recoil spring and requires slide disassembly.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What material is the spring made from?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"High-quality spring steel designed to withstand thousands of rounds of use.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between a progressive and standard recoil spring?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA progressive spring has a variable rate that provides smoother cycling throughout the recoil cycle, while a standard spring has a constant rate. This results in reduced felt recoil and improved reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat platforms does this spring fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll 1911 and 2011 pistols including Colt, Springfield, Kimber, STI, Staccato, Bul Armory, SVI, Rock Island, and clones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does installation take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 5 minutes. Replaces the factory recoil spring and requires slide disassembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat material is the spring made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-quality spring steel designed to withstand thousands of rounds of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"6lbs","offer_id":40407880990801,"sku":"058-06-SGL","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7lbs","offer_id":40407928373329,"sku":"058-07-SGL","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8lbs","offer_id":40407928406097,"sku":"058-08-SGL","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9lbs","offer_id":40407928438865,"sku":"058-09-SGL","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10lbs","offer_id":40407928471633,"sku":"058-10-SGL","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"11lbs","offer_id":40407928504401,"sku":"058-11-SGL","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12lbs","offer_id":40407928537169,"sku":"058-12-SGL","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"13lbs","offer_id":40407928569937,"sku":"058-13-SGL","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14lbs","offer_id":40407928602705,"sku":"058-14-SGL","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15lbs","offer_id":40407928635473,"sku":"058-15-SGL","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16lbs","offer_id":40407928668241,"sku":"058-16-SGL","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"17lbs","offer_id":40407928701009,"sku":"058-17-SGL","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18lbs","offer_id":40407928733777,"sku":"058-18-SGL","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/19112011-progressive-recoil-spring-799873.jpg?v=1725173412"},{"product_id":"223-5-mag-extension-base-pad-for-magpul-pmag","title":".223 Mag Extension +5 | Magpul Pmag Base Pad","description":"\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd 5 rounds to your Magpul Pmag .223\/5.56 magazines with a high-impact polymer extension base pad. This drop-in replacement transforms your 30-round Pmag Gen M2 or Gen M3 into a 35-round magazine — a 17% capacity increase ideal for 3-Gun and tactical competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium .223 +5 Magazine Extension Base Pad for Magpul Pmag\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eExtend your Magpul Pmag capacity by 5 rounds with our precision-engineered magazine extension base pad. Perfect for 3-Gun competition, tactical training, or any situation where extra capacity matters, this extension transforms your standard 30-round Pmag into a 35-round magazine - giving you more rounds downrange before reloading while maintaining reliable feeding and function.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e+5 Round Capacity Extension\u003c\/strong\u003e - Adds 5 additional rounds to standard Magpul Pmag magazines (30rd becomes 35rd)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagpul Pmag Specific Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Engineered exclusively for Magpul Pmag Gen M2 and Gen M3 magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReliable Feeding\u003c\/strong\u003e - Maintains consistent magazine spring tension for reliable feeding of all 35 rounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Built to withstand heavy competition use and magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e - Simple replacement for factory base pad, no permanent modifications required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Legal\u003c\/strong\u003e - Complies with most 3-Gun and tactical competition magazine capacity rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-Gun competitive shooters seeking maximum capacity for rifle stages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTactical competition where higher capacity provides competitive advantage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraining scenarios requiring extended magazine capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShooters wanting to maximize rounds per magazine for any application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your .223\/5.56 Rifle Magazine Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximize your rifle performance with these complementary upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/308-5-mag-extension-base-pad-for-magpul-pmag\"\u003e.308 +5 Mag Extension Base Pad\u003c\/a\u003e - Extend your .308 Pmag capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/muzzle-brake\"\u003e.223 Precision Muzzle Brake 1\/2x28 TPI\u003c\/a\u003e - Reduce recoil and improve accuracy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/muzzle-brake-thread-adapter-1-2x28-to-5-8x24\"\u003eMuzzle Brake Thread Adapter\u003c\/a\u003e - Versatile muzzle device solution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full 3-Gun Rifle Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOptimize your rifle for 3-Gun and tactical competition with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shooting-accessories\"\u003eDry Fire Sighting Target\u003c\/a\u003e - Practice and training aid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2-piece-threaded-squib-rod\"\u003e2-Piece Threaded Squib Rod\u003c\/a\u003e - Essential safety tool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/9mm-case-gauge-ammo-checker-tool\"\u003e9mm Case Gauge Ammo Checker\u003c\/a\u003e - Quality control for reloaders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Magpul Pmag Gen M2 and Gen M3 .223\/5.56 magazines (30-round standard capacity)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e One +5 magazine extension base pad\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-impact polymer construction\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity Increase:\u003c\/strong\u003e +5 rounds (30rd magazine becomes 35rd)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaliber:\u003c\/strong\u003e .223 Remington \/ 5.56 NATO\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces factory base pad, approximately 5 minutes per magazine\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e 17% more capacity (35 vs 30 rounds) for extended shooting before reloads\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Legal for most 3-Gun and tactical competition divisions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"faq\"\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which Magpul Pmag generations does this fit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Designed exclusively for Magpul Pmag Gen M2 and Gen M3 .223\/5.56 magazines with 30-round standard capacity.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many extra rounds does this add?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Adds 5 rounds, extending a standard 30-round magazine to 35 rounds — a 17% capacity increase.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does this affect feeding reliability?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. The extension maintains consistent magazine spring tension for reliable feeding of all 35 rounds.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long does installation take?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Approximately 5 minutes per magazine. Simple replacement for the factory base pad with no permanent modifications required.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is this legal for competition use?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Complies with most 3-Gun and tactical competition magazine capacity rules. Check your specific match rules for capacity limits.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Magpul Pmag generations does this fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned exclusively for Magpul Pmag Gen M2 and Gen M3 .223\/5.56 magazines with 30-round standard capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many extra rounds does this add?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdds 5 rounds, extending a standard 30-round magazine to 35 rounds — a 17% capacity increase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this affect feeding reliability?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The extension maintains consistent magazine spring tension for reliable feeding of all 35 rounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does installation take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 5 minutes per magazine. Simple replacement for the factory base pad with no permanent modifications required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this legal for competition use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplies with most 3-Gun and tactical competition magazine capacity rules. Check your specific match rules for capacity limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Single \/ Black","offer_id":40410632749137,"sku":"057-BLK-SGL","price":59.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ Blue","offer_id":40410635960401,"sku":"057-BLU-SGL","price":59.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ Red","offer_id":40410635993169,"sku":"057-RED-SGL","price":59.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ Gold Plated","offer_id":40410636025937,"sku":"057-GLD-SGL","price":64.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ Purple","offer_id":59769686392913,"sku":null,"price":59.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/223-5-mag-extension-base-pad-for-magpul-pmag-255356.jpg?v=1725173402"},{"product_id":"308-5-mag-extension-base-pad-for-magpul-pmag","title":".308 +5 Magazine Extension Base Pad | Magpul PMAG Gen III","description":"\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed more rounds on tap for 3-Gun or multi-gun competition in Australia? The \u003cstrong\u003e.308 +5 magazine extension base pad\u003c\/strong\u003e adds 5 rounds to your Magpul PMAG Gen III magazines — CNC-machined from anodised aluminium with knurled grip for fast reloads in any conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAdd 5 rounds to your Magpul PMAG .308 Gen III magazines with a CNC-machined aluminium extension base pad. Designed for 3-Gun and multi-gun competitors who need more rounds on tap without swapping magazines mid-stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e+5 Round Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Extends your .308 PMAG from 20 to 25 rounds, reducing stage reloads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCNC-Machined Aluminium\u003c\/strong\u003e — Anodised finish resists wear, corrosion, and range abuse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKnurled Base + Side Serrations\u003c\/strong\u003e — Positive grip for fast magazine changes, even with wet or gloved hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e109g Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e — Light enough to avoid altering the magazine's balance in a chest rig or mag pouch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrub Screw Retention\u003c\/strong\u003e — Secure lock to the magazine body. Apply threadlocker (e.g., Loctite 243) for permanent installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMagpul PMAG .308 Gen III (Series III) — 7.62x51 NATO \/ .308 Winchester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoes NOT fit Gen II PMAGs or non-Magpul .308 magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExtended magazine base pads are \u003cstrong\u003elegal in most 3-Gun divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e including Tactical and Open. Check your specific match rules for capacity limits — some divisions cap rifle magazines at 20 or 30 rounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x .308 +5 Magazine Extension Base Pad (or Pack of 3)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrub screw and Allen key included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy. Remove factory base plate, slide on the extension, and secure with the included grub screw. Under 5 minutes per magazine. Apply threadlocker to the grub screw for reliable retention under recoil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/223-5-mag-extension-base-pad-for-magpul-pmag\"\u003e.223 +5 Magazine Extension\u003c\/a\u003e — Same design for your .223\/5.56 PMAGs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/308-muzzle-brake-5-8-24-tpi-recoil-control\"\u003e.308 Muzzle Brake\u003c\/a\u003e — Reduce felt recoil on your rifle platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"faq\"\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this .308 magazine extension fit Gen II Magpul PMAGs?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. This extension is designed exclusively for Gen III (Series III) Magpul PMAG .308 magazines. Gen II uses a different base plate geometry and is not compatible.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Do I need threadlocker for the .308 mag extension?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Recommended. The grub screw holds firm under normal use, but repeated heavy recoil from .308 loads can loosen it over time. A drop of medium-strength threadlocker (blue Loctite 243) ensures it stays put through competition and training.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is the Pack of 3 the same product as the single extension?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes — identical CNC-machined aluminium extensions, just bundled at a better per-unit price for shooters kitting out multiple magazines.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Are extended magazine base pads legal for 3-Gun competition in Australia?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Extended base pads are legal in most 3-Gun divisions including Tactical and Open. However, check your specific match rules for capacity limits, as some divisions cap rifle magazines at 20 or 30 rounds. Always confirm with your match director before competing.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How much extra weight does the +5 extension add to my magazine?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The extension weighs 109 grams — light enough to avoid noticeably altering the magazine's balance in a chest rig, mag pouch, or when inserted in the rifle. The 5 extra rounds of .308 ammunition add more weight than the extension itself.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this .308 magazine extension fit Gen II Magpul PMAGs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This extension is designed exclusively for Gen III (Series III) Magpul PMAG .308 magazines. Gen II uses a different base plate geometry and is not compatible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need threadlocker for the .308 mag extension?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended. The grub screw holds firm under normal use, but repeated heavy recoil from .308 loads can loosen it over time. A drop of medium-strength threadlocker (blue Loctite 243) ensures it stays put through competition and training.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Pack of 3 the same product as the single extension?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — identical CNC-machined aluminium extensions, just bundled at a better per-unit price for shooters kitting out multiple magazines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre extended magazine base pads legal for 3-Gun competition in Australia?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExtended base pads are legal in most 3-Gun divisions including Tactical and Open. However, check your specific match rules for capacity limits, as some divisions cap rifle magazines at 20 or 30 rounds. Always confirm with your match director before competing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much extra weight does the +5 extension add to my magazine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe extension weighs 109 grams — light enough to avoid noticeably altering the magazine's balance in a chest rig, mag pouch, or when inserted in the rifle. The 5 extra rounds of .308 ammunition add more weight than the extension itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Single \/ Black","offer_id":40410641891409,"sku":"056-BLK-SGL","price":64.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Single \/ Blue","offer_id":40410641924177,"sku":"056-BLU-SGL","price":64.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ Red","offer_id":40410641956945,"sku":"056-RED-SGL","price":64.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ Gold Plated","offer_id":40410641989713,"sku":"056-GLD-SGL","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/308-5-mag-extension-base-pad-for-magpul-pmag-104822.jpg?v=1725173402"},{"product_id":"cz-75-shadow-2-progressive-recoil-spring","title":"CZ 75\/Shadow 2 Progressive Recoil Spring","description":"\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLooking for smoother slide cycling and reduced felt recoil on your CZ 75, SP-01, or Shadow 2? The progressive recoil spring is a proven competition upgrade that Australian IPSC and USPSA shooters rely on for faster split times and less slide battering. Direct drop-in replacement — no fitting or gunsmithing required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe CZ 75\/Shadow 2 Progressive Recoil Spring delivers noticeably smoother slide cycling and reduced felt recoil compared to the factory constant-rate spring. Progressive winding means the spring resistance builds gradually through the stroke — softer initial travel for faster cycling, with full resistance at the rear to prevent battering. A meaningful performance upgrade that you'll feel from the first round.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgressive Rate Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Resistance increases through the stroke for smoother cycling and less slide battering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Felt Recoil\u003c\/strong\u003e — Softer initial compression means the muzzle recovers to target faster between shots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaster Split Times\u003c\/strong\u003e — Quicker slide return translates to tighter shot-to-shot splits in competition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal CZ 75 Platform Fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Works across CZ 75, SP-01, Shadow, and Shadow 2 models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Direct replacement for the factory recoil spring — no fitting needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecoil springs are \u003cstrong\u003elegal in all IPSC divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e including Production, Standard, Classic, and Open. Also compliant with all USPSA divisions. Spring changes are explicitly permitted as a standard maintenance\/tuning item across all competition rulesets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ 75 \/ CZ 75 B\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ 75 SP-01 \/ SP-01 Shadow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x CZ 75\/Shadow 2 Progressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy. Field strip the pistol, remove the factory recoil spring and guide rod assembly, swap the spring, and reassemble. Standard field-strip process — takes under 5 minutes with no special tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-extended-firing-pin-for-all-cz-75-cz-sp-01-cz-shadow-models\"\u003eCZ Extended Firing Pin\u003c\/a\u003e — Ensure reliable ignition with your tuned spring setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-75-pistols-clones-2-in-1-trigger-spring-sear-spring-tool\"\u003eCZ 75 2-in-1 Trigger \u0026amp; Sear Spring Tool\u003c\/a\u003e — Complete your trigger job with proper spring installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-shadow-2-tungsten-guide-rod\"\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Tungsten Guide Rod\u003c\/a\u003e — Add front-end weight for even better recoil management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv data-bc-augment=\"faq\"\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between a progressive and constant-rate recoil spring?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A constant-rate spring has uniform resistance throughout compression. A progressive spring starts softer and builds resistance — giving you smoother cycling, less slide battering, and faster target re-acquisition.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will the progressive recoil spring work with my factory CZ guide rod?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The progressive recoil spring is a direct replacement that works with the factory guide rod on all compatible CZ 75, SP-01, and Shadow 2 models.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Do I need to change my firing pin if I install this spring?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Not necessarily. This is a recoil spring, not a hammer spring — it does not affect firing pin strike energy. However, if you are also installing lighter trigger springs, an extended firing pin is recommended.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How often should I replace my CZ recoil spring?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"For competition use, inspect every 3,000 to 5,000 rounds. Replace when you notice sluggish cycling, failure to return to battery, or visible spring fatigue.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between a progressive and constant-rate recoil spring?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA constant-rate spring has uniform resistance throughout compression. A progressive spring starts softer and builds resistance — giving you smoother cycling, less slide battering, and faster target re-acquisition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the progressive recoil spring work with my factory CZ guide rod?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The progressive recoil spring is a direct replacement that works with the factory guide rod on all compatible models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to change my firing pin if I install this spring?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot necessarily. This is a recoil spring, not a hammer spring — it doesn't affect firing pin strike energy. However, if you're also installing lighter trigger springs, an \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cz-extended-firing-pin-for-all-cz-75-cz-sp-01-cz-shadow-models\"\u003eextended firing pin\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often should I replace my CZ recoil spring?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor competition use, inspect every 3,000–5,000 rounds. Replace when you notice sluggish cycling, failure to return to battery, or visible spring fatigue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Single \/ 7lbs","offer_id":40408052891729,"sku":"055-07-SGL","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ 8lbs","offer_id":40408081137745,"sku":"055-08-SGL","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ 9lbs","offer_id":40408081170513,"sku":"055-09-SGL","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ 10lbs","offer_id":40408081203281,"sku":"055-10-SGL","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ 11lbs","offer_id":40408081236049,"sku":"055-11-SGL","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ 12lbs","offer_id":40408081268817,"sku":"055-12-SGL","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ 13lbs","offer_id":40408081301585,"sku":"055-13-SGL","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0090\/4767\/0865\/files\/cz-75shadow-2-progressive-recoil-spring-247146.jpg?v=1725173434"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.bosscomponents.com.au\/collections\/trade-wholesale-eligible-internal.oembed?page=2","provider":"Boss Components ","version":"1.0","type":"link"}